Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide, Release 9.2
Chapter 5, Perform Node Acceptance Tests
Downloads: This chapterpdf (PDF - 2.34MB) The complete bookPDF (PDF - 23.49MB) | Feedback

Table of Contents

Perform Node Acceptance Tests

Before You Begin

Perform Node Acceptance Tests

This chapter provides test procedures to verify that installed cards are operating correctly in a Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) node. The procedures are optional.


Note The procedures and tasks described in this chapter for the Cisco ONS 15454 platform is applicable to the Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6 platforms, unless noted otherwise.



Note Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI (SONET) and ETSI (SDH) shelf assemblies.



Note This chapter does not test the transponder (TXP), muxponder (MXP), GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE, or ADM-10G card installation. Installation and verification for those cards is performed in Chapter6, “Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards”


Before You Begin

This section lists the non-trouble procedures (NTPs) required to validate a DWDM node. Turn to a procedure for applicable detailed level procedures (DLPs).

1. G41 Perform the Terminal or Hub Node with 32MUX-O and 32DMX-O Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test terminal and hub nodes with 32MUX-O and 32DMX-O cards installed.

2. G168 Perform the Terminal or Hub Node with 40-MUX-C and 40-DMX-C Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test terminal and hub nodes with 40-MUX-C and 40-DMX-C cards installed. This procedure can also be performed for 40-MUX-C and 40-DMX-CE cards.

3. G42 Perform the Terminal Node with 32WSS and 32DMX Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test terminal nodes with 32WSS and 32DMX cards installed.

4. G167 Perform the Terminal Node with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test terminal nodes with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C cards installed. This procedure can also be performed to test terminal nodes for 40-WSS-CE and 40-DMX-CE cards

5. G153 Perform the Terminal Node with 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test terminal nodes with 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L cards installed.

6. G43 Perform the ROADM Node with 32WSS and 32DMX Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexing (ROADM) nodes with 32WSS and 32DMX cards installed.

7. G154 Perform the ROADM Node with 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test ROADM nodes with 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L cards installed.

8. G180 Perform the ROADM Node with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test a ROADM node with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C cards installed. This procedure can also be performed for 40-WSS-CE and 40-DMX-CE cards.

9. G276 Perform the 80-Channel n-degree ROADM Node Acceptance Tests—Complete this procedure to test a n- degree ROADM node with 80-WXC-C cards installed.

10. G44 Perform the Anti-ASE Hub Node Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test anti-amplified spontaneous emission (anti-ASE) hub nodes.

11. G45 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test C-band line amplifier nodes with OSCM cards installed on both Side A and Side B of the shelf.

12. G155 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test L-band line amplifier nodes with OSCM cards installed on both Side A and Side B of the shelf.

13. G46 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test C-band line amplifier nodes with OSC-CSM cards installed on both Side A and Side B of the shelf.

14. G156 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test L-band line amplifier nodes with OSC-CSM cards installed on both Side A and Side B of the shelf.

15. G47 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test C-band line amplifier nodes with OSCM and OSC-CSM cards installed.

16. G157 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test L-band line amplifier nodes with OSCM and OSC-CSM cards installed.

17. G48 Perform the OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSCM Cards—Complete this procedure to test optical add/drop multiplexing (OADM) nodes with OSCM cards installed on both Side A and Side B of the shelf.

18. G49 Perform the Active OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSC-CSM Cards—Complete this procedure to test OADM nodes with OSC-CSM and OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards installed on both Side A and Side B of the shelf.

19. G50 Perform the Passive OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSC-CSM Cards—Complete this procedure to test OADM nodes with OSC-CSM cards installed on both Side A and Side B of the shelf and no OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards installed.

20. G186 Perform the Four-Degree and Eight-Degree Mesh Patch Panel Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test four-degree or eight-degree mesh nodes.

21. G187 Perform the Multiring Site Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test multiring sites.

22. G188 Perform the Native Mesh Node Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test native mesh nodes.

23. G189 Perform the Node Upgrade Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test an upgraded node. The upgraded node connects an existing in-service ROADM node with two sides (each equipped with MMU cards) to a native mesh node with two sides.

24. G243 Perform the Two-Degree ROADM Node with 40-SMR-1-C and OPT-AMP-17-C Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test ROADM nodes with 40-SMR-1-C and OPT-AMP-17-C cards installed.

25. G244 Perform the Four Degree ROADM Node with 40-SMR-2-C Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test ROADM nodes with 40-SMR-2-C cards installed.

NTP-G41 Perform the Terminal or Hub Node with 32MUX-O and 32DMX-O Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests a DWDM terminal or hub node with 32MUX-O and 32DMX-O cards installed.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Throughout this procedure, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 6, and Side B refers to Slots 12 through 17.



Note This procedure tests Side A of hub nodes first, then Side B. If you are testing a terminal node, apply instructions for Side A of the hub node to the terminal side (Side B or Side A) of the terminal node.



Note Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the hub or terminal node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2 From the View menu, choose Go to Network View .

Step 3 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.


Note If optical service channel (OSC) terminations are created, there will be two alarms, one for low power on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card and one for the OSC channel.


Step 4 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If a different status appears, complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

Step 5 Create a physical loopback on the Side A (or terminal) OSC-CSM, OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier by using a patchcord with 10-dB bulk attenuators to connect the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 6 Wait approximately two minutes, then verify that the OSC link is active on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card by observing whether or not the LOS alarm on the OSCM or OSC-CSM (and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, if present) clears. (The OSC termination must already be provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)


Note If the LOS alarm does not clear on the OSC-CSM card, verify that the opwrMin (dBm) Optic Thresholds setting for the OSC-RX port is not higher than the port's Optical Line power value. In the OSC-CSM card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optic Thresholds tabs and record the opwrMin (dBm) setting and compare it to the value found in the Power column for the OSC-RX port in the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Reduce the Optic Thresholds setting for the opwrMin (dBm) value temporarily until the loopback test has been completed to clear the LOS alarm. Reset the Optic Thresholds setting to its original value after clearing the physical loopback.


Step 7 Set the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_C card to the first wavelength of the 100-GHz ITU-T C-band grid (1530.33 nm). Refer to the tunable laser manufacturer’s documentation or the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing.

Step 8 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the CHAN RX 01 port on the Side A (or terminal) 32MUX-O card using the available patch panel.

Step 9 Display the Side A (or terminal) 32MUX-O card in card view.

Step 10 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

Step 11 Change the Port 1 administrative state to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI).

Step 12 Verify that the Port 1 power level reaches the provisioned VOA Power Ref set point.


Note The tunable laser minimum optical output power (Pout) must be 6 dBm. If the output power is lower than the specified value, the 32MUX-O card might not reach the provisioned set point.


Step 13 If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L card is installed, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power on the Side A (or terminal) OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L to ensure that the amplifier is working properly. If an OSC-CSM card is installed, go to Step 15 .

Step 14 Complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power on the Side A (or terminal) OPT-PRE card to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 15 Complete the G78 Verify the 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C Card Power to verify that the 32MUX-O is powered correctly.

Step 16 Complete the G269 Verify the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C Card Power to verify that the 32DMX-O card is powered correctly.

Step 17 Restore the default IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) administrative state to the 32MUX-O card port that was changed to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) in Step 11.

Step 18 Repeat Steps 7 through 17 for the remaining 31 wavelengths of the 100-GHz grid to verify the correct behavior of all variable optical attenuators (VOAs) inside the 32MUX-O card.

Step 19 Remove the loopback created in Step 5.

Step 20 If the node is a hub node, repeat Steps 5 through 19 for the Side B cards.

Step 21 Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 22 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop . You have completed this procedure .


 

DLP-G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing

 

Purpose

This task provisions a TXP_MR_10E_C card for acceptance testing when a tunable laser is not available.

Tools/Equipment

TXP_MR_10E_C

Prerequisite Procedures

G179 Install the TXP, MXP, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP Cards

G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1 If you have installed and verified the TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 2. If not, install the TXP card using the G179 Install the TXP, MXP, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP Cards.

Step 2 Display the TXP_MR_10E_C in card view.

Step 3 Click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (ANSI) or SDH (ETSI) tabs.

Step 4 Click the Admin State column for the trunk port and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 5 Click Apply , then click Yes .

Step 6 Click the Provisioning > Line > Wavelength Trunk Settings tabs.

Step 7 In the Wavelength field, choose the first wavelength required by the acceptance test.

Step 8 Click Apply .

Step 9 Click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (ANSI) or SDH (ETSI) tabs.

Step 10 Click the Admin State column for the trunk port and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 11 Click Apply .

Step 12 Connect a power meter to the DWDM TX port. Verify that the output power falls within 4.5 dBm (+/–1 dBm). If it does not fall within this range, replace the card or contact your next level of support.

Step 13 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies that the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L amplifier laser is on and provisioned to the correct power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L amplifier to display the card view.

Step 3 Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs. If the value in the Currently Shutdown field is NO, continue with Step 4. If not, complete the following steps:

a. Check the optical safety remote interlock (OSRI) setting. If it is set to On, change it to Off . If the OSRI setting is set to Off and the Currently Shutdown field is Yes, contact your next level of support.

b. Click Apply , then click Yes .

c. Check the Currently Shutdown field. If it changes to NO, continue with Step 4. If not, contact your next level of support. The amplifier might need to be replaced.


Note The Currently Shutdown field will not change to NO until an active channel is flowing through the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L amplifier.


Step 4 Click the Provisioning > Opt Ampli Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 5 Click Reset .

Step 6 Scroll to the right and locate the Signal Output Power parameter for Port 6 (LINE-TX). Verify that the Signal Output Power value is greater than or equal to the Channel Power Ref.

If the Signal Output Power is not greater than or equal to 1.5 dBm, do not continue. Begin troubleshooting or contact your next level of support.

Step 7 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies that the OPT-PRE amplifier laser is on and provisioned to the correct power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2 In node view (single-shelf view) or shelf view (multishelf view), double-click the OPT-PRE amplifier to display the card view.

Step 3 Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs.

Step 4 If the value shown in the Currently Shutdown field is NO, continue with Step 5. If not, complete the following steps:

a. Check the OSRI setting. If it is set to ON, click the table cell and chose OFF from the drop-down list. If the OSRI setting is set to OFF and the Currently Shutdown field is Yes, contact your next level of support.

b. Click Apply , then click Yes .

c. Check the Currently Shutdown field. If it changes to NO, continue with Step 5. If not, contact your next level of support. The amplifier might need to be replaced.

Step 5 Click the Provisioning > Opt Ampli Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 6 Locate the Signal Output Power parameter for Port 2 (COM-TX). Verify that the Signal Output Power value is greater than or equal to the Channel Power Ref. If the Signal Output Power is greater than or equal to the Channel Power Ref, continue with Step 7. If the Signal Output Power is less than the Channel Power Ref, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 7 Scroll to the right to locate the DCU Insertion Loss parameter. Verify that the DCU Insertion Loss value is less than or equal to 10 dB.

If the DCU Insertion Loss is greater than 10 dB, do not continue. Begin troubleshooting or contact your next level of support.

Step 8 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G78 Verify the 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C Card Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C card power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1 Display the 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C card in card view.

Step 2 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

Step 3 Change the administrative state of the corresponding port to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI).

Step 4 Click Apply , then click Yes .

Step 5 Check that the value in the Power column for the port reaches the value shown in the VOA Power Ref column.

Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G269 Verify the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C Card Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies that the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C card is provisioned to the correct power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1 Display the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C card in card view.

Step 2 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

Step 3 Change the administrative state for the appropriate port to OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI).

Step 4 Click Apply , then click Yes .

Step 5 Verify that the value in the Power table cell is the same as the VOA Power Ref table cell value for the port under test.

Step 6 Connect a power meter to the CHAN TX 01 port through the patch panel. Verify that the physical optical power value coming from drop Port 1 on the Side A 32DMX-O card is consistent with the value read (the maximum allowed error is +/– 0.5 dBm).

Step 7 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G168 Perform the Terminal or Hub Node with 40-MUX-C and 40-DMX-C Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests a DWDM terminal or hub node with 40-MUX-C and 40-DMX-C cards installed.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Throughout this procedure, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 6, and Side B refers to Slots 12 through 17.



Note This procedure tests Side A of hub nodes first, then Side B. If you are testing a terminal node, apply instructions for Side A of the hub node to the terminal side (Side B or Side A) of the terminal node.



Note Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the hub or terminal node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2 From the View menu, choose Go to Network View .

Step 3 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.


Note If OSC terminations are created, there will be two alarms, one for low power on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, and the other an OSC channel alarm.


Step 4 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If a different status appears, complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

Step 5 Create a physical loopback on the Side A (or terminal) OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier by using a patchcord with 10-dB bulk attenuators to connect the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 6 Verify that the OSC link becomes active on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card. (The OSC termination must already be provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)

Step 7 Set the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_C card to the first wavelength of the 100-GHz ITU-T C-band grid (1530.33 nm). Refer to the tunable laser manufacturer’s documentation or the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing.

Step 8 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the CHAN RX 01 port on the Side A (or terminal) 40-MUX-C card using the available patch panel.

Step 9 Display the Side A (or terminal) 40-MUX-C card in card view.

Step 10 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

Step 11 Change the Port 1 administrative state to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI).

Step 12 Verify that the Port 1 power level reaches the provisioned VOA Power Ref set point.


Note The tunable laser minimum optical output power (Pout) must be 6 dBm. If the output power is lower than the specified value, the 40-MUX-C card might not reach the provisioned set point.


Step 13 If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L card is installed, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power on the Side A (or terminal) OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 14 Complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power on the Side A (or terminal) OPT-PRE card to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 15 Complete the G78 Verify the 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C Card Power to verify that the 40-MUX-C card is powered correctly.

Step 16 Complete the G269 Verify the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C Card Power to verify that the 40-DMX-C card is powered correctly.

Step 17 Restore the default IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) administrative state to the 40-MUX-C port that was changed to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) in Step 11.

Step 18 Repeat Steps 7 through 17 for the remaining 31 wavelengths of the 100-GHz grid to verify the correct behavior of all variable optical attenuators (VOAs) inside the 40-MUX-C card.

Step 19 Remove the loopback created in Step 5.

Step 20 If the node is a hub node, repeat Steps 5 through 19 for the Side B cards.

Step 21 Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 22 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop . You have completed this procedure .


 

NTP-G42 Perform the Terminal Node with 32WSS and 32DMX Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This acceptance test verifies that a terminal node with 32WSS and 32DMX cards installed is operating properly before you connect it to the network. The test verifies the operation of the amplifiers and also verifies that each 32WSS and 32DMX add/drop and pass-through port operates properly. The test also checks the power levels at each transmit and receive port to ensure that power loss in the cabling is within tolerance. If MMU cards are installed, the test verifies that the MMU insertion loss does not impact add, drop, or pass-through circuits.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

1 bulk attenuator (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Throughout this procedure, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 6, and Side B refers to Slots 12 through 17.



Note This procedure creates an optical loopback on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E line. An optical signal is sent from the 32WSS input (add) to the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E common receive (RX) port and back out the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E transmit (TX) line. The OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E line receives the looped signal from the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E TX port. It then passes the signal to the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E common TX port and into the OPT-PRE common RX line. The OPT-PRE sends the signal to the 32DMX card. The optical signal from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card must pass successfully through the 32WSS card and out the 32DMX card.



Note Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the terminal node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2 Display the terminal node in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode).

Step 3 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms (indicated by EQPT in the Cond column) appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.


Note If OSC terminations are created, an OSC channel alarm will appear.


Step 4 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If a different status appears, or if errors (indicated in red) appear, delete the OSC channels and complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup. Provision the OSC channels when automatic node setup (ANS) is complete.

Step 5 Create a physical loopback on the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card by using a patchcord with 10-dB bulk attenuators to connect the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will appear due to the OSC signal loopback. This is observed as an alarm on Port 1 of the OSCM or OSC-CSM card.


Step 6 Wait approximately two minutes, then verify that the OSC link is active on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card by observing whether or not the loss of signal (LOS) alarm on the OSCM or OSC-CSM (and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, if present) clears. (The OSC termination must already be provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)


Note If the LOS alarm does not clear on the OSC-CSM card, verify that the opwrMin (dBm) Optic Thresholds setting for the OSC-RX port is not higher than the port's Optical Line power value. In the OSC-CSM card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optic Thresholds tabs and record the opwrMin (dBm) setting and compare it to the value found in the Power column for the OSC-RX port in the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Reduce the Optic Thresholds setting for the opwrMin (dBm) value temporarily until the loopback test has been completed to clear the LOS alarm. Reset the Optic Thresholds setting to its original value after clearing the physical loopback.


Step 7 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following substeps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 8.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength you will test, then continue with Step 9.

Step 8 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 9 Using the available patch panel, connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the CHAN RX 01 port on the 32WSS card.


Note The tunable laser minimum Pout must be –6 dBm. If the output power is lower than –6 dBm, the 32WSS card might not reach the provisioned set point.


Step 10 Display the 32WSS card in card view.

Step 11 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 12 Click the Admin State table cell for the add (CHAN-RX) port carrying the tested wavelength, then choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 1 (CHAN-RX) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list.

Step 13 Change the administrative state of the pass-through port corresponding to the port in Step 9 to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 33 (PASS-THROUGH) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 14 Click Apply , then click Yes .

Step 15 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 16 For Channel #1, change the Operating Mode to Add Drop .

Step 17 Click Apply , then click Yes .

Step 18 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelength under test.

Step 19 Verify that the actual power coming from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card shown under the Power column is equal to the specified VOA Power Ref power (+/– 0.2 dB) shown in the same row.

Step 20 Click the Optical Line tab.

Step 21 Verify that the power value from Step 19 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS or 32DMX).Port COM-TX.Power set point +/– 1.0 dBm. To view this set point:

a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b. In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32WSS or 32DMX card.

c. Expand the Port COM-TX category.

d. Select Power.

e. View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS or 32DMX).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f. If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 19 (+/– 0.5 dB), contact your next level of support.

Step 22 If an OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 23 If an OSC-CSM is installed, continue with Step 25. If an OPT-BST is installed, verify the connection between Port 67 (COM-TX) on the 32WSS and Port 1 (COM-RX) on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards:

a. Display the 32WSS card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 83 (COM-TX).

d. Display the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card and the 32WSS cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 24 If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L card is installed on the Side A or terminal side, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 25 Complete the following steps to verify the connection between Port 67 (COM-TX) on the 32WSS and Port 2 (COM-RX) on the OSC-CSM card:

a. Display the 32WSS card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line tabs.

c. Record the value in Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OSC-CSM and 32WSS cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 26 Complete the following steps to verify the connection between Port 2 (COM-TX) on the OPT-PRE card and Port 33 (COM-RX) on the 32DMX card:

a. Display the OPT-PRE card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > OptAmpliLine > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in Power table cell for Port 2 (COM-TX).

d. Display the 32DMX card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 33 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE and 32DMX cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 27 Complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power on the OPT-PRE to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 28 Complete the G270 Verify the 32DMX or 40-DMX-C Power to verify that the 32DMX card is powered correctly.

Step 29 Display the 32WSS in card view.

Step 30 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 31 For the circuit (channel) under test, click the Operating Mode table cell and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list.

Step 32 Click Apply , then Yes.

Step 33 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelength under test.

Step 34 Click the Admin State table cell. Choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list for all ports that were changed to OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance.

Step 35 Click Apply , then Yes .

Step 36 Repeat Steps 7 through 35 for the remaining 31 wavelengths of the 100-Ghz grid to verify the correct behavior of all VOAs inside the 32WSS card.

Step 37 Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the 32WSS card.

Step 38 Remove the loopback created in Step 5.

Step 39 Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 40 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop . You have completed this procedure .


 

DLP-G270 Verify the 32DMX or 40-DMX-C Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies that the 32DMX or 40-DMX-C card is provisioned to the correct power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1 Display the 32DMX or 40-DMX-C card in card view.

Step 2 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 3 Change the administrative state for the COM TX (Port 33 for the 32DMX or Port 41 for the 40-DMX-C) to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI)

Step 4 Click Apply , then Yes .

Step 5 Verify that the value shown in the power column is equal to the specified VOA Power Ref column (+/- 0.2dB).

Step 6 (Optional) Connect a power meter to the CHAN TX 01 port through the patch panel. Verify that the physical optical power value coming from the 32DMX or 40-DMX-C drop Port 1 is consistent with the Power value on the Parameters tab, +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 7 Change the administrative state for the COM TX port to IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI).

Step 8 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G167 Perform the Terminal Node with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This acceptance test verifies that a terminal node with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C cards installed is operating properly before you connect it to the network. The test verifies the operation of the amplifiers and also verifies that each 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C add/drop and pass-through port operates properly. The test also checks the power levels at each transmit and receive port to ensure that power loss in the cabling is within tolerance. If MMU cards are installed, the test verifies that the MMU insertion loss does not impact add, drop, or pass-through circuits.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

1 bulk attenuator (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Throughout this procedure, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 6, and Side B refers to Slots 12 through 17.



Note This procedure creates an optical loopback on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E line. An optical signal is sent from the 40-WSS-C input (add) to the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E common receive (RX) port and back out the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E transmit (TX) line. The OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E line receives the looped signal from the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E TX port. It then passes the signal to the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E common TX port and into the OPT-PRE common RX line. The OPT-PRE sends the signal to the 40-DMX-C. The optical signal from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C must pass successfully through the 40-WSS-C and out the 40-DMX-C.



Note If the shelf is equipped with an OSC-CSM, this procedure creates an optical loopback on the OSC-CSM line. An optical signal is sent from the 40-WSS-C input (add) to the OSC-CSM common receive (RX) port and back out the OSC-CSM transmit (TX) line. The OSC-CSM line receives the looped signal from the OSC-CSM-TX port. It then passes the signal to the OSC-CSM common TX port and sends the signal to the 40DMX-C. The optical signal from the tunable lase or TXP_MR_!)E_C must pass successfully through the 40-WSS-C and out the 40DMX-C.



Note Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Warning The OSC-RX port opwrMin (dBm) Optic Thresholds setting provisioned by CTP can be set too high and generate LOS and Power Fail alarms for this port while performing an optical loopback on the OSC-CSM card. CTP provisions the opwrMin (dBm) Optic Thresholds value higher than the power received during the loopback test, because CTP calculates the thresholds based on the incoming amplified signal from an adjacent node instead of a loopbacked signal from the OSC-CSM card. To clear the alarms, reduce the Optic Thresholds setting for the opwrMin (dBm) value temporarily until the loopback test has been completed. Reset the Optic Thresholds setting to its original value after clearing the physical loopback.



Step 1 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the terminal node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2 Display the terminal node in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode).

Step 3 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms (indicated by EQPT in the Cond column) appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.


Note The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate LOS alarms on the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-AMP-17-C cards, and on the OSC-CSM and OSCM cards. If OSCM cards are installed in ANSI shelves, EOC SDCC Termination Failure alarms will appear.


Step 4 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If other statuses appear, or if errors (indicated in red) appear, delete the OSC channels and complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup. Provision the OSC channels when ANS is complete.

Step 5 If no OSC terminations are present, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6 Create a physical loopback on the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-AMP-17, or OSC-CSM card by connecting a fiber optic jumper between the LINE TX and RX ports. For OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards, connect a 10 dB bulk attenuator to each end of the jumper. The OSC-CSM card does not require attenuation.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC SDCC Termination Failure alarm will appear due to the OSC signal loopback. This is observed as an alarm on Port 1 of the OSCM or OSC-CSM card.


Step 7 Provision OSC terminations. Complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 8 Wait approximately two minutes, then verify that the OSC link is active on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card by observing whether or not the LOS alarm on the OSCM or OSC-CSM (and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, if present) clears. (The OSC termination must already be provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)


Note If the LOS alarm does not clear on the OSC-CSM card, verify that the opwrMin (dBm) Optic Thresholds setting for the OSC-RX port is not higher than the port's Optical Line power value. In the OSC-CSM card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optic Thresholds tabs and record the opwrMin (dBm) setting and compare it to the value found in the Power column for the OSC-RX port in the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Reduce the Optic Thresholds setting for the opwrMin (dBm) value temporarily until the loopback test has been completed to clear the LOS alarm. Reset the Optic Thresholds setting to its original value after clearing the physical loopback.


Step 9 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following substeps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 10.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength you will test, then continue with Step 11.

Step 10 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 11 Using the available patch panel, connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the correct CHAN RX port on the 40-WSS-C card for the wavelength that you want to test. Refer to Table 4-1 on page 4-28, if needed. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), then connect the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Optical Connector 1, CHAN RX 01 port on the 40-WSS-C card.


Note The tunable laser minimum Pout must be –6 dBm. If the output power is lower than –6 dBm, the 40-WSS-C card might not reach the provisioned set point.


Step 12 Display the 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 13 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 14 Click the Admin State table cell for the add (CHAN-RX) port carrying the tested wavelength, then choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 1 (CHAN-RX) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list.

Step 15 Change the administrative state of the pass-through port corresponding to the port in Step 11 to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 41 (PASS-THROUGH) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 16 Click Apply , then click Yes .

Step 17 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 18 For Channel #1, change Operating Mode to Add Drop .

Step 19 Click Apply , then click Yes .

Step 20 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelength under test.

Step 21 Verify that the actual power coming from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card shown under the Power column is equal to the specified VOA Power Ref power (+/– 0.2 dB) shown in the same row.

Step 22 Click the Optical Line tab.

Step 23 Verify that the power value from Step 21 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (40-WSS-C or 40-DMX-C).Port COM-TX.Power set point +/– 1.0 dBm. To view this set point:

a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b. In the Selector window on the left, expand the 40-WSS-C or 40-DMX-C card.

c. Expand the Port COM-TX category.

d. Select Power.

e. View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (40-WSS-C or 40-DMX-C).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f. If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 21 (+/– 0.5 dB), contact your next level of support.

Step 24 If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L card is installed, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E to ensure that the amplifier is working properly. If an OSC-CSM is installed, complete the G84 Verify the OSC-CSM Incoming Power.

Step 25 If an OSC-CSM is installed, continue with Step 27. If an OPT-BST is installed, verify the connection between Port 83 (COM-TX) on the 40-WSS-C and Port 1 (COM-RX) on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards:

a. Display the 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power column for Port 83 (COM-TX).

d. Display the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power column for Port 1 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card and the 40-WSS-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 26 If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L card is installed on the Side A or terminal side, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power to ensure that the amplifier is working properly. Continue with Step 29.

Step 27 Complete the following steps to verify the connection between Port 83 (COM-TX) on the 40-WSS-C and the Port 2 (COM-RX) on the OSC-CSM card:

a. Display the 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line tabs.

c. Record the value in Power table cell for Port 83 (COM-TX).

d. Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OSC-CSM and 40-WSS-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 28 Complete the following steps to verify the connection between Port 2 (COM-TX) on the OPT-PRE card and Port 41 (COM-RX) on the 40-DMX-C card:

a. Display the OPT-PRE card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > OptAmpliLine > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the total output power in Power column for Port 2 (COM-TX).

d. Display the 40-DMX-C card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power column for Port 41 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE and 40-DMX-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 29 If an OPT-PRE card is installed on the Side A or terminal side, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power on the OPT-PRE card to ensure that the amplifier is working properly. If OSC-CSM cards are installed, complete the G84 Verify the OSC-CSM Incoming Power.

Step 30 Complete the G270 Verify the 32DMX or 40-DMX-C Power to verify that the 40-DMX-C card is powered correctly.

Step 31 Display the 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 32 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 33 For the circuit (channel) under test, click the Operating Mode table cell and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list.

Step 34 Click Apply , then Yes.

Step 35 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelength under test.

Step 36 Click the Admin State table cell. Choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list for all ports that were changed to OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance in Steps 13 and 14 of this procedure. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1430-33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Admin State field and choose IS,ANSI (ANSI) or Unlocked,AutomaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list for both Port 1 (CHAN-RX) and Port 41 (PASS-THROUGH).

Step 37 Repeat Steps 9 through 36 for the remaining 39 wavelengths of the 100-Ghz grid to verify the correct behavior of all VOAs inside the 40-WSS-C card.

Step 38 Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the 40-WSS-C card.

Step 39 Remove the loopback created in Step 6.

Step 40 Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 41 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop . You have completed this procedure .


 

NTP-G153 Perform the Terminal Node with 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This acceptance test verifies that a terminal node provisioned for L-band wavelengths is operating properly before you connect it to the network. The test verifies the operation of the amplifiers and also verifies that each add/drop and pass-through port on the 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L cards operates properly. The test also checks the power levels at each transmit and receive port to ensure that power loss in the cabling is within tolerance. If MMU cards are installed, the test verifies that the MMU insertion loss does not impact add, drop, or pass-through circuits.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_L

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

1 bulk attenuator (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Note This procedure creates an optical loopback on the OPT-BST-L line. An optical signal is sent from the 32WSS-L input (add) to the OPT-BST-L common RX port and back out the OPT-BST-L TX line. The OPT-BST-L line receives the looped signal from the OPT-BST-L TX port. It then passes the signal to the OPT-BST-L common TX port and into the OPT-AMP-L (when provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) common RX port. The OPT-AMP-L card sends the signal to the 32DMX-L card. The optical signal from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_L card must pass successfully through the 32WSS-L card and out the 32DMX-L card.



Step 1 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the hub or terminal node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2 Display the terminal node in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode).

Step 3 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.


Note If OSC terminations are created, an OSC channel alarm will appear.


Step 4 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed, or Success - Unchanged. If a different status appears, or if errors (indicated in red) appear, delete the OSC channels and complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup. Provision the OSC channels when ANS is complete.

Step 5 Create a physical loopback on the OPT-BST-L, OCSM, or OSC-CSM card by using a patchcord with 10-dB bulk attenuators to connect the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will appear due to the OSC signal loopback. This is observed as an alarm on Port 1 of the OSCM or OSC-CSM card.


Step 6 Wait approximately two minutes, then verify that the OSC link is active on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card by observing whether or not the LOS alarm on the OSCM or OSC-CSM card (and the OPT-BST-L card, if present) clears. (The OSC termination must already be provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)

Step 7 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following substeps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 8.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength you will test, then continue with Step 9.

Step 8 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test.

Step 9 Using the available patch panel, connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the CHAN RX 01 port on the 32WSS-L card.


Note The tunable laser minimum Pout must be –6 dBm. If the output power is lower than –6 dBm, the 32WSS-L card might not reach the provisioned set point.


Step 10 Display the 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 11 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 12 Click the Admin State table cell for the add (CHAN-RX) port carrying the tested wavelength, then choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1577.86 nm (shown as 1577.8), you would click the Port 1 (CHAN-RX) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list.

Step 13 Change the administrative state of the pass-through port corresponding to the port in Step 9 to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). For example, if the tested wavelength is 1577.86 nm (shown as 1577.86), you would click the Port 33 (PASS-THROUGH) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 14 Click Apply , then click Yes .

Step 15 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 16 For channel under test, change Operating Mode to Add Drop .

Step 17 Click Apply , then click Yes .

Step 18 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters n tabs where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelength under test.

Step 19 Verify that the actual power coming from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_L card shown under the Power column is equal to the specified VOA Power Ref power (+/– 0.2 dB) shown in the same row.

Step 20 Click the Optical Line tab.

Step 21 Verify that the power value from Step 19 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS-L or 32DMX-L).Port COM-TX.Power set point +/– 1.0 dBm. To view this set point:

a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b. In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32WSS-L or 32DMX-L card.

c. Expand the Port COM-TX category.

d. Select Power.

e. View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS-L or 32DMX-L).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f. If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 19 (+/– 0.5 dB), contact your next level of support.

Step 22 If an OPT-BST-L card is installed, complete the G359 Verify the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (OPT-Line Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power on the OPT-BST-L card to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 23 If an OSC-CSM is installed, continue with Step 24. If an OPT-BST-L card is installed, verify the connection between Port 67 (COM-TX) on the 32WSS-L and Port 1 (COM-RX) on the OPT-BST-L cards:

a. Display the 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. Display the OPT-BST-L card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L and 32WSS-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 24 If an OPT-BST-L card is installed on the Side A or terminal side, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power to ensure the amplifier is working properly.

Step 25 Complete the following steps to verify the connection between Port 67 (COM-TX) on the 32WSS-L and the Port 2 (COM-RX) on the OSC-CSM card:

a. Display the 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line tabs.

c. Record the value in Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OSC-CSM and 32WSS-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 26 Complete the following steps to verify the connection between Port 2 (COM-TX) on the OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode and Port 33 (COM-RX) on the 32DMX-L card:

a. Display the OPT-AMP-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > OptAmpliLine > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in Power table cell for Port 2 (COM-TX).

d. Display the 32DMX-L card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 33 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-AMP-L and 32DMX-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 27 Complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power on the OPT-PRE card to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 28 Complete the G361 Verify the 32DMX-L Power to verify that the 32DMX card is powered correctly.

Step 29 Display the 32WSS-L in card view.

Step 30 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 31 For the circuit (channel) under test, click the Operating Mode table cell and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list.

Step 32 Click Apply , then Yes.

Step 33 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelength under test.

Step 34 Click the Admin State table cell. Choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list for all ports that were changed to OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance.

Step 35 Repeat Steps 7 through 34 for the remaining wavelengths of the 100-Ghz grid to verify the correct behavior of all VOAs inside the 32WSS-L card.

Step 36 Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the 32WSS-L card.

Step 37 Remove the loopback created in Step 5.

Step 38 Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 39 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop . You have completed this procedure .


 

DLP-G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing

 

Purpose

This procedure provisions a TXP_MR_10E_L card for acceptance testing when a tunable laser is not available.

Tools/Equipment

TXP_MR_10E_L

Prerequisite Procedures

G179 Install the TXP, MXP, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP Cards

G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1 If you have installed and verified the TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 2. If you have not installed it, install the card using the G179 Install the TXP, MXP, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP Cards.

Step 2 In Cisco Transport Controller (CTC), display the TXP_MR_10E_L card in card view.

Step 3 Click the Provisioning > Line > Service-Type tabs.

Step 4 Click the Admin State table cell for the trunk port and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 5 Click Apply , then click Yes .

Step 6 Click the Provisioning > Card tabs.

Step 7 In the Wavelength field, choose the first wavelength required by the acceptance test.

Step 8 Click Apply .

Step 9 Click the Provisioning > Line > Service-Type tabs.

Step 10 Click the Admin State table cell for the trunk port and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 11 Click Apply , then click Yes .

Step 12 Connect a power meter to the DWDM TX port. Verify that the output power falls within –4.5 dBm and 1.0 dBm. If it does not fall within this range, replace the card or contact your next level of support.

Step 13 Repeat Steps 3 through 12 for all the installed TXP cards.

Step 14 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G359 Verify the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (OPT-Line Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies that the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (when provisioned in OPT-Line mode) amplifier laser is on and provisioned to the correct power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L amplifier to display the card view.

Step 2 Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs. If the value in the Currently Shutdown field is NO, continue with Step 3. If not, complete the following steps:

a. Check the OSRI setting. If it is set to On, change it to Off and click Apply .

b. Check the Currently Shutdown field. If it changes to NO, continue with Step 3. If not, contact your next level of support. The amplifier might need to be replaced.

Step 3 Click the Provisioning > Opt Ampli Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 4 Click Reset .

Step 5 Scroll to the right and locate the Signal Output Power parameter for Port 6. Verify that the Signal Output Power value is greater than or equal to 1.5 dBm.

If the Signal Output Power is not greater than or equal to 1.5 dBm, do not continue. Begin troubleshooting or contact your next level of support.

Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies that the OPT-AMP-L (when provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) amplifier laser is on and provisioned to the correct power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1 In node view (single-shelf view) or shelf view (multishelf view), double-click the OPT-AMP-L amplifier to display the card view.

Step 2 Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs.

Step 3 If the value shown in the Currently Shutdown field is NO, continue with Step 4. If not, complete the following steps:

a. If the OSRI setting is set to ON, click the table cell and choose OFF from the drop-down list.

b. Click Apply .

c. Check the Currently Shutdown field. If it changes to NO, continue with Step 4. If not, contact your next level of support.

Step 4 Click the Provisioning > Opt Ampli Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 5 Locate the Signal Output Power parameter for Port 2. Verify that the Signal Output Power value is greater than or equal to 1.5 dBm. If the optical power is greater than or equal to 1.5 dBm, continue with Step 7. If the optical power is less than 1.5 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 6 Scroll to the right to locate the DCU Insertion Loss parameter. Verify that the DCU Insertion Loss value is less than or equal to 10 dB.

If the optical power is not greater than or equal to 10 dB, do not continue. Begin troubleshooting or contact your next level of support.

Step 7 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G361 Verify the 32DMX-L Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies that the 32DMX-L card is provisioned to the correct power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1 Display the 32DMX-L card in card view.

Step 2 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

Step 3 Change the administrative state for Port 33 to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI)

Step 4 Verify that the VOA Power Ref reaches the provisioned set point.

Step 5 Connect a power meter to the CHAN TX 01 port through the patch panel. Verify that the physical optical power value coming from drop Port 1 on the Side A 32DMX card is consistent with the value read (the maximum allowed error is +/– 1.0 dBm).

Step 6 Change the administrative state for Port 1 to OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI).

Step 7 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G43 Perform the ROADM Node with 32WSS and 32DMX Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This acceptance test verifies that a ROADM node provisioned for C-band wavelengths is operating properly before you connect it to the network. The test verifies the operation of the amplifiers and also verifies that each add/drop and pass-through port on the 32WSS and 32DMX cards operates properly. The test also checks the power levels at each transmit and receive port to ensure that power loss in the cabling is within tolerance. If MMU cards are installed, the test verifies that the MMU insertion loss does not impact add, drop, or pass through circuits.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Note Because the node is isolated and no line-side fibers are connected during the test, the power levels going into the line-side cards will not be the same as the levels after the node is connected to the network. Therefore, if the ROADM shelf does not contain either OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifiers, and OPT-PRE amplifiers on both Side B and Side A, lower the OPT-PRE power thresholds so that it turns on properly. At the end of the test, you will run ANS to configure the node with the correct parameters for the network acceptance test.



Note Throughout this procedure, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1 Make a copy of Table 5-1 and place it in a convenient location for reference throughout this procedure. The table shows the 32WSS ports and the wavelengths assigned to them. The 32 wavelengths are divided among four physical multifiber push on (MPO) connectors on the 32WSS card. Each MPO connector is assigned eight wavelengths. In CTC, the MPO connector appears in the card view Provisioning > Optical Connector tab. Each Optical Connector subtab represents an MPO connector. Ports 1 through 32 are the RX (add) ports; Ports 33 through 64 are the pass-through ports.

 

Table 5-1 32WSS Ports and Wavelengths Test Checklist

32WSS Provisioning Subtab
Port #
Wavelength
Tested: Pass-Through
Tested: Add/Drop Side A
Tested: Add/Drop Side B

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 1

RX 1, PT 33

1530.33

 

 

 

RX 2, PT 34

1531.12

 

 

 

RX 3, PT 35

1531.90

 

 

 

RX 4, PT 36

1532.68

 

 

 

RX 5, PT 37

1534.25

 

 

 

RX 6, PT 38

1535.04

 

 

 

RX 7, PT 39

1535.82

 

 

 

RX 8, PT 40

1536.61

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 2

RX 9, PT 41

1538.19

 

 

 

RX 10, PT 42

1538.98

 

 

 

RX 11, PT 43

1539.77

 

 

 

RX 12, PT 44

1540.56

 

 

 

RX 13, PT 45

1542.14

 

 

 

RX 14, PT 46

1542.94

 

 

 

RX 15, PT 47

1543.73

 

 

 

RX 16, PT 48

1544.53

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 3

RX 17, PT 49

1546.12

 

 

 

RX 18, PT 50

1546.92

 

 

 

RX 19, PT 51

1547.72

 

 

 

RX 20, PT 52

1548.51

 

 

 

RX 21, PT 53

1550.12

 

 

 

RX 22, PT 54

1550.92

 

 

 

RX 23, PT 55

1551.72

 

 

 

RX 24, PT 56

1552.52

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 4

RX 25, PT 57

1554.13

 

 

 

RX 26, PT 58

1554.94

 

 

 

RX 27, PT 59

1555.75

 

 

 

RX 28, PT 60

1556.55

 

 

 

RX 29, PT 61

1558.17

 

 

 

RX 30, PT 62

1558.98

 

 

 

RX 31, PT 63

1559.79

 

 

 

RX 32, PT 64

1560.61

 

 

 

Step 2 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the ROADM node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 3.

Step 3 Display the ROADM node in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode).

Step 4 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.


Note The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate two alarms for each side of the shelf: one an LOS alarm on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, and the other an LOS alarm on the OSC-CSM or OSCM card. If OSCM cards are installed in ANSI shelves, EOC DCC Termination Failure alarms will appear.


Step 5 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are either Success - Changed, or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following steps:

a. Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b. Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c. Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6 If MMU cards are installed, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 7.

a. Display the Side B MMU in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

d. Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

e. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

f. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

g. Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 7 Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

Step 8 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 9 Click the Admin State table cell for the add port carrying the tested wavelength, then choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 1 (CHAN-RX) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list.

Step 10 Change the administrative state of the pass-through port corresponding to the port in Step 9 to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 33 (PASS-THROUGH) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 11 Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 12 Repeat Steps 8 through 11 for each wavelength that you will test.

Step 13 Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

Step 14 Repeat Steps 8 through 12 for the Side A 32WSS card.

Step 15 Display the Side B 32DMX card in card view and complete the following steps:

a. Choose the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

b. For Port 33 (COM-RX), click the Admin State table cell and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

c. Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 16 Repeat Step 15 for the Side A 32DMX card.

Step 17 Complete the G310 Verify ROADM Node C-Band Pass-Through Channels.

Step 18 Complete the following tasks for channels that will be added or dropped on the node.

Step 19 If MMU cards are installed, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Click Admin State for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

d. Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

e. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

f. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

g. Click Admin State for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 20 Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

Step 21 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you tested.

Step 22 Click the Admin State table cell then choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list for all ports that were changed to OOS,MT or Locked,Maintenance in Steps 9 and 10 .

Step 23 Click Apply .

Step 24 Repeat Steps 21 through 23 for all the ports that are in OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance state on the Side B 32WSS card.

Step 25 Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

Step 26 Repeat Steps 21 through 23 for all ports on the Side A 32WSS card.

Step 27 Display the Side B 32DMX card in card view.

Step 28 Choose the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 29 For Port 33, click the Admin State table cell and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 30 Click Apply .

Step 31 Display the Side A 32DMX card in card view.

Step 32 Repeat Steps 28 through 30 for the Side A 32DMX card.

Step 33 Delete both OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 34 Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

Step 35 Create the two OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 36 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment failure alarms appear on the node. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop . You have completed this procedure .


 

DLP-G310 Verify ROADM Node C-Band Pass-Through Channels

 

Purpose

This task verifies the signal flow through a ROADM node for C-band pass-through channels. Pass-through channels pass through both 32WSS cards. The channels pass through the first 32WSS from the COM-RX port to the EXP-TX port. In the second 32WSS, the channel goes from the EXP-RX port to the COM-TX port. The channel is not terminated inside the node. If MMU cards are installed, the channel passes through the MMU COM-RX and EXP-TX ports to the 32WSS COM-RX and EXP-TX ports on one side. On the other side, the channel goes from the 32WSS EXP-RX and COM-TX ports to the MMU EXP-RX and COM-TX ports.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

G38 Provision OSC Terminations

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1 Create a physical loopback on the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 2 If an OPT-PRE amplifier or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side A (where the physical loopback was created), perform the following steps. If not, continue with Step 3.

a. Display the OPT-PRE card in card view, then click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

b. In the Types area, click Alarm , then click Refresh . The alarm thresholds for the OPT-PRE card will appear.

c. Double-click the Power Failure Low table cell for Port 1 (COM-RX) and delete the current value.

d. Type a new value of –30.0 and press the Enter key.

e. In the CTC window, click Apply , then click Yes in the confirmation dialog box.

Step 3 If an OPT-PRE or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 4.

a. Display the Side B OPT-PRE card in card view, then click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

b. In the Types area, click Alarm , then click Refresh . The alarm thresholds for the OPT-PRE card will appear.

c. Double-click the Power Failure Low table cell for Port 1 (COM-RX) and delete the current value.

d. Type a new value of –30.0 and press the Enter key.

e. In the CTC window, click Apply , then click Yes in the confirmation dialog box.

Step 4 Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A. If the alarms do not clear, contact your next level of support.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC SDCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 5 Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

Step 6 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 7 Click the Operating Mode table cell for the wavelength under test and choose Pass Through from the drop-down list.

Step 8 Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 9 Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

Step 10 Repeat Steps 6 through 8 for the Side B 32WSS card.

Step 11 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 12.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength you will test, then continue with Step 13.

Step 12 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test.

Step 13 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM LINE RX port. If a Side B OPT-PRE is installed, insert a 10-dB attenuator on the fiber coming from the TXP_MR_10E_C card.


Note If using a pre-installed TXP_MR-10E_C card that is connected to the 32DMX, there is no need to connect the TXP_MR_10E_C DWDM TX port to the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM LINE RX port. Install an optical loopback between the LINE TX and RX ports on the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.



Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 14 If an OPT-PRE or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 15.

a. Display the Side B OPT-PRE card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d. Display the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX) (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E) or Port 3 (COM-TX) (OSC-CSM). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 2.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. For the Side B OPT-PRE card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 15 If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps, then continue with Step 17. If an MMU card is not installed, continue with Step 16.

a. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 3 (COM-RX) power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side B OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX) of the Side B MMU card.

m. Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

n. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p. Continue with Step 17.

Step 16 Verify the Side B 32WSS card to OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card cable connection:

a. Display the Side B 32WSS in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side B OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If an OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 17 Verify the EXPRESS cable connection between the two 32WSS cards:

a. Display the Side B 32WSS in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 65 (EXP-TX) Power parameter. Record the value.

a. Display the Side A 32WSS in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Power value for EXPRESS Port 66 (EXP-RX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 18 Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

Step 19 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the connector number containing the wavelength you are testing. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 20 Wait 60 to 70 seconds (or click Reset ), then locate the Power and VOA Power Ref parameters for the tested PASS-THROUGH port. Verify that the Power value is equal to the VOA Power Ref value, +/– 1.5 dBm. If the Power value is not equal to the VOA Power Ref value +/–1.5 dBm, contact your next level of support.

Step 21 If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 22.

a. Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h. If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k. Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l. Continue with Step 23.

Step 22 If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 23.

a. Display the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 1 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or the Port 2 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OSC-CSM cards). Record the value.

d. Display the Side A 32WSS in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Power value for Port 67 (COM-TX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 32WSS card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. For the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 23 If a OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 24.

a. Display the Side A OPT-PRE in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 1 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. Display the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX) (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E) or Port 3 (COM-TX) (OSC-CSM). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 2.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. For the Side A OPT-PRE, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 24 If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps, then continue with Step 26. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 25.

a. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 3 (COM-RX) power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side A OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX) of the Side A MMU card.

m. Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

n. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS cards and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p. Continue with Step 26.

Step 25 Verify the Side A 32WSS card to OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card cable connection:

a. Display the Side A 32WSS in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side A OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 26 Verify the EXPRESS cable connection between the two 32WSS cards:

a. Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 65 (EXP-TX) Power parameter. Record the value.

a. Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Power value for Port 66 (EXP-RX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 27 Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

Step 28 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the connector number containing the wavelength you are testing. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 29 Wait 60 to 70 seconds (or click Reset ), then locate the Power and VOA Power Ref parameters for the tested PASS-THROUGH port. Verify that the Power value is equal to the VOA Power Ref value, +/– 1.5 dBm. If the Power value is not equal to the VOA Power Ref value +/– 1.5 dBm, consult your next level of support.

Step 30 If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 31.

a. Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h. If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k. Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l. Continue with Step 32.

Step 31 If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 32.

a. Display the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 1 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or the Port 2 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OSC-CSM cards). Record the value.

d. Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Power value for Port 67 (COM-TX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 32WSS cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. For the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 32 Complete Steps 18 , 19 , 27 , and 28 for the additional wavelengths that you want to test. If you have tested all the wavelengths, continue with Step 33.

Step 33 Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

Step 34 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 35 In the Operating Mode area, click the table cell and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 36 Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 37 Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

Step 38 Repeat Steps 34 through 36 for the Side A 32WSS card.

Step 39 If you used a tunable laser or installed a TXP_MR_10E_C card for this test, disconnect it from the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM line side RX ports.

Step 40 Remove the loopback fiber from the line RX and TX in the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 41 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G311 Verify the Side B ROADM C-Band Add/Drop Channels with 32WSS Cards

 

Purpose

This task verifies the signal flow through Side B of a ROADM node for C-band add/drop channels.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), display the Alarms tab.

Step 2 Create a physical loopback on the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 3 Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side B.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 4 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 5.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength you are testing, then continue with Step 7.

Step 5 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 6 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the following steps. If you are using a tunable laser continue with Step 7.

a. Display the TXP_MR_10E_C in card view.

b. Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

c. Locate the Port 2 (Trunk) table cell for the TX Optical Pwr parameter. Record the value.

Step 7 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side B fiber patch panel MUX port that is connected to the Side B 32WSS card CHAN RX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 8 Connect the TXP_MR_10E_C DWDM RX port or the power meter RX port to Side B fiber patch panel DMX port that is connected with the Side B 32DMX card CHAN-TX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 9 Display the 32WSS card in card view.

Step 10 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 11 For each wavelength that you will test, click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Add Drop from the drop-down list.

Step 12 Click Apply and then Yes , to confirm.

Step 13 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 14 Find the tested wavelength CHAN RX port, then scroll to the right until you see the Power Add parameter. Verify that the Power Add value for the tested port CHAN RX is equal to the output power level of the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_C card measured in Step 6, +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 15 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX) for the wavelength under test.

Step 16 Verify that the power value from Step 15 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS).Port COM-TX.Power set point +/– 1.0 dBm on Side B. To view this set point:

a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b. In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32WSS card on Side B.

c. Expand the Port COM-TX category.

d. Select Power.

e. View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f. If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 15 (+/– 2.0 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 17 If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 18.

a. Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h. If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k. Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l. Continue with Step 19.

Step 18 Verify the connection between the 32WSS card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E or OSC-CSM cards:

a. Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. If a OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

f. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

g. Verify that the value in Step e or f matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If so, continue with Step 19. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 32WSS cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 19 If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a. Display the Side B OPT-PRE in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d. Display the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Port 2 (COM-TX) Power value (for OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or Port 3 (COM-TX) Power value (for OSC-CSM cards). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. For the Side B OPT-PRE card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 20 If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 21.

a. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs. Record the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display a Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX).

m. Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

n. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p. Continue with Step 22.

Step 21 Verify the connection between the Side B 32WSS card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card:

a. Display the Side B 32WSS in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side B OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 22 Verify the Side B 32WSS and 32DMX connection:

a. Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 69 (DROP-TX).

c. Display the Side B 32DMX card in card view.

d. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Record the value in the Port 33 (COM-RX) table cell. Verify that the value is equal to the value recorded in b , +/– 1.0 dBm. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and 32DMX cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 23 Display the Side B 32DMX card in card view.

Step 24 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tab. Record the CHAN-TX port value under the Power parameter for the wavelength under test.

Step 25 Verify that the power value from Step 24 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32DMX).Port CHAN-TX.Power set point +/– 2 dBm on Side B. To view this set point:

a. Go to node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b. In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32DMX card on Side B.

c. Expand the Port CHAN-TX category.

d. Select Power .

e. View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32DMX).Port CHAN-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f. If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 24 (+/– 2 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 26 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, display it in card view. If not, read the values called for in Step 28 from the optical test set or tunable laser you are using.

Step 27 Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

Step 28 In the Port 2 (Trunk) column, locate the RX Optical Power value. Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step 24, +/– 2 dBm. If the power values do not match (+/– 2 dBm), complete the following steps:

a. Remove, clean, and replace the cable connecting the TXP_MR_10E_C RX port to the Side B fiber patch panel DMX port for the tested wavelength. See the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors.

b. Repeat this step. If the power values still do not match (+/– 2 dBm) contact your next level of support.

Step 29 Repeat Steps 4 through 28 for the remaining wavelengths.

Step 30 Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

Step 31 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 32 Click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 33 Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 34 If you used a tunable laser or installed a TXP_MR_10E_C card for this test, disconnect it from the Side B patch panel.

Step 35 Unplug the physical loopback fiber from the line TX and RX in the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 36 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G312 Verify the Side A ROADM C-Band Add/Drop Channels with 32WSS Cards

 

Purpose

This procedure verifies the signal flow through Side A of an ROADM node for C-band add/drop channels.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), display the Alarms tab.

Step 2 Create a physical loopback on the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 3 Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 4 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 5.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength you are testing, then continue with Step 7.

Step 5 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 6 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the following steps. If you are using a tunable laser continue with Step 7.

a. Display the TXP_MR_10E_C in card view.

b. Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

c. Locate the Port 2 (Trunk) table cell for the TX Optical Pwr parameter. Record the value.

Step 7 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side A fiber patch panel MUX port that is connected to the Side A 32WSS card CHAN RX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 8 Connect the TXP_MR_10E_C DWDM RX port or the power meter RX port to the Side A fiber patch panel DMX port that is connected with the Side A 32DMX card CHAN-TX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 9 Display the 32WSS card in card view.

Step 10 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 11 For each wavelength that you will test, click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Add Drop from the drop-down list.

Step 12 Click Apply and then Yes , to confirm.

Step 13 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 14 Find the tested wavelength CHAN RX port, then scroll to the right until you see the Power Add parameter. Verify that the Power Add value for the tested port CHAN RX is equal to the output power level of the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_C card measured in Step 6, +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 15 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX) for the wavelength under test.

Step 16 Verify that the power value from Step 15 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS).Port COM-TX.Power set point +/– 1.0 dBm on Side A. To view this set point:

a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b. In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32WSS card on Side A.

c. Expand the Port COM-TX category.

d. Select Power.

e. View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f. If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 15 (+/– 2.0 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 17 If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 18.

a. Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h. If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k. Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l. Continue with Step 19.

Step 18 Verify the connection between the 32WSS card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM cards:

a. Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. If a OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

f. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

g. Verify that the value in Step e or f matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If so, continue with Step 19. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 32WSS cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 19 If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a. Display the Side A OPT-PRE in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d. Display the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Port 2 (COM-TX) Power value (for OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or Port 3 (COM-TX) Power value (for OSC-CSM cards). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. For the Side A OPT-PRE card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 20 If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 21.

a. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs. Record the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

k. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX).

m. Display a Side A 32WSS card in card view.

n. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p. Continue with Step 22.

Step 21 Verify the connection between the Side A 32WSS card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card:

a. Display the Side A 32WSS in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side A OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display a Side A OSC-CSM card in card view. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 22 Verify the Side A 32WSS and 32DMX connection:

a. Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 69 (DROP-TX).

c. Display the Side A 32DMX card in card view.

d. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Record the value in the Port 2 (COM-RX) table cell. Verify that the value is equal to the value recorded in Step b , +/– 1.0 dBm. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and 32DMX cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 23 Display the Side A 32DMX card in card view.

Step 24 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tab. Record the CHAN-TX port value under the Power parameter for the wavelength under test.

Step 25 Verify that the power value recorded in Step 24 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32DMX).Port CHAN-TX.Power set point +/– 2 dBm on Side A. To view this set point:

a. Go to node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b. In the Selector window on the left, expand 32DMX card on Side A.

c. Expand the CHAN-TX category.

d. Select Power .

e. View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32DMX).Port CHAN-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f. If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 24 (+/– 2 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 26 Display the TXP_MR_10E_C card in card view.

Step 27 Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

Step 28 In the Port 2 (Trunk) column, locate the RX Optical Power value. Verify that the value matches the power in Step 24, +/– 2 dBm. If the power values do not match (+/– 2 dBm), complete the following steps:

a. Remove, clean, and replace the cable connecting the TXP_MR_10E_C RX port to the Side A fiber patch panel DMX port for the tested wavelength. See the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors.

b. Repeat this step. If the power values still do not match (+/– 2 dBm) contact your next level of support.

Step 29 Repeat Steps 4 through 28 for the remaining wavelengths.

Step 30 Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

Step 31 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 32 Click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 33 Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 34 Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side A patch panel.

Step 35 Unplug the physical loopback fiber from the line TX and RX in the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 36 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G154 Perform the ROADM Node with 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This acceptance test verifies that a ROADM node provisioned for L-band wavelengths is operating properly before you connect it to the network. The test verifies the operation of the amplifiers and also verifies that each add/drop and pass-through port on the 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L cards operates properly. The test also checks the power levels at each transmit and receive port to ensure that power loss in the cabling is within tolerance. If MMU cards are installed, the test verifies that the MMU insertion loss does not impact add, drop, or pass-through traffic.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_L

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Note Because the node is isolated and no line-side fibers are connected during the test, the power levels going into the line-side components will not be the same as they would be in a real network setup. Therefore, if the ROADM shelf does not contain OPT-BST-L and OPT-AMP-L (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) amplifiers on both Side B and Side A, you must lower the OPT-AMP-L power thresholds so that it turns on properly. At the end of the test, you will run ANS to configure the node with the correct parameters for the network acceptance test.



Step 1 Make a copy of Table 5-2 and place it in a convenient location for reference throughout this procedure. The table shows the 32WSS-L ports and the wavelengths assigned to them. The 32 wavelengths are divided among four physical MPO connectors on the 32WSS-L card. Each MPO connector is assigned eight wavelengths. In CTC, the MPO connector appears in the card view Provisioning > Optical Connector tab. Each Optical Connector subtab represents an MPO connector. Ports 1 through 32 are the channel RX (add) ports; Ports 33 through 64 are the pass-through ports.

 

Table 5-2 32WSS-L Ports and Wavelengths Test Checklist

32WSS-L Provisioning Subtab
Port #
Wavelength
Tested: Pass-Through
Tested: Add/Drop Side A
Tested: Add/Drop Side B

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 1

RX 1, PT 33

1577.86

 

 

 

RX 2, PT 34

1578.69

 

 

 

RX 3, PT 35

1579.52

 

 

 

RX 4, PT 36

1580.35

 

 

 

RX 5, PT 37

1581.18

 

 

 

RX 6, PT 38

1582.02

 

 

 

RX 7, PT 39

1582.85

 

 

 

RX 8, PT 40

1583.69

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 2

RX 9, PT 41

1584.53

 

 

 

RX 10, PT 42

1585.36

 

 

 

RX 11, PT 43

1586.20

 

 

 

RX 12, PT 44

1587.04

 

 

 

RX 13, PT 45

1587.88

 

 

 

RX 14, PT 46

1588.73

 

 

 

RX 15, PT 47

1589.57

 

 

 

RX 16, PT 48

1590.41

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 3

RX 17, PT 49

1591.26

 

 

 

RX 18, PT 50

1592.10

 

 

 

RX 19, PT 51

1592.95

 

 

 

RX 20, PT 52

1593.79

 

 

 

RX 21, PT 53

1594.64

 

 

 

RX 22, PT 54

1595.49

 

 

 

RX 23, PT 55

1596.34

 

 

 

RX 24, PT 56

1597.19

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 4

RX 25, PT 57

1598.04

 

 

 

RX 26, PT 58

1598.89

 

 

 

RX 27, PT 59

1599.75

 

 

 

RX 28, PT 60

1600.60

 

 

 

RX 29, PT 61

1601.46

 

 

 

RX 30, PT 62

1602.31

 

 

 

RX 31, PT 63

1603.17

 

 

 

RX 32, PT 64

1604.03

 

 

 

Step 2 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the ROADM node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 3.

Step 3 Display the ROADM node in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode).

Step 4 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.


Note The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate two alarms for each side of the shelf, one for an LOS on the OPT-BST-L card, and the other for an LOS on the OSC-CSM or OSCM card. If OSCM cards are installed on ANSI shelves, EOC DCC Termination Failure alarms will appear.


Step 5 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following steps:

a. Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b. Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c. Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6 If MMU cards are installed, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 7.

a. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

d. Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

e. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

f. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

g. Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 7 Display the Side B 32WSS-L in card view.

Step 8 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 9 Click the Admin State table cell for the add port carrying the tested wavelength, then choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 1 (CHAN-RX) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list.

Step 10 Change the administrative state of the pass-through port corresponding to the port in Step 9 to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). For example, if the tested wavelength is 1577.86 nm (shown as 1577.8), you would click the Port 33 (PASS-THROUGH) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 11 Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 12 Repeat Steps 8 through 11 for all wavelengths that you will test.

Step 13 Display the Side A 32WSS-L in card view.

Step 14 Repeat Steps 8 through 12 for the Side A 32WSS-L card.

Step 15 Display the Side B 32DMX-L in card view and complete the following steps:

a. Choose the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

b. For Port 33 (COM-RX), click the Admin State table cell and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

c. Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 16 Repeat Step 15 for the Side A 32DMX-L card.

Step 17 Complete the G362 Verify ROADM Node L-Band Pass-Through Channels.

Step 18 Complete the following tasks for channels that will be added or dropped on the node.

Step 19 If MMU cards are installed, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

d. Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

e. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

f. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

g. Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 20 Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 21 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you tested.

Step 22 Click the Admin State table cell then choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list for all ports that were changed to OOS,MT or Locked,Maintenance.

Step 23 Click Apply .

Step 24 Repeat Steps 21 through 23 for all the ports that are OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance on the Side B 32WSS-L card.

Step 25 Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 26 Repeat Steps 21 through 24 for all ports on the Side A 32WSS-L card.

Step 27 Display the Side B 32DMX-L card in card view.

Step 28 Choose the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 29 For Port 33, click the Admin State table cell and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 30 Click Apply .

Step 31 Display the Side A 32DMX-L card in card view.

Step 32 Repeat Steps 28 through 30 for the Side A 32DMX-L card.

Step 33 Delete both OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 34 Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

Step 35 Create the two OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 36 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment failure alarms appear on the node. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop . You have completed this procedure .


 

DLP-G362 Verify ROADM Node L-Band Pass-Through Channels

 

Purpose

This task verifies the signal flow through a ROADM node for L-band pass-through channels. Configuring a channel pass-through mode means that the channel passes through both 32WSS-L cards. The channel passes through the first 32WSS-L card from the COM RX port to the EXP TX port. In the second 32WSS-L card, the channel goes from the EXP RX port to the COM TX port. The channel is not terminated inside the node. If MMU cards are installed, the channel passes through the MMU COM RX and EXP TX ports to the 32WSS-L COM RX and EXP TX ports on one side. On the other side, the channel goes from the 32WSS-L EXP RX and 32WSS-L COM TX ports to the MMU EXP RX and COM TX.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_L

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1 Create a physical loopback on the Side A OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST-L cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 2 If an OPT-AMP-L amplifier (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on Side A (where the physical loopback was created), perform the following steps. If not, continue with Step 3.

a. Display the OPT-AMP-L card in card view, then click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

b. In the Types area, click Alarm , then click Refresh . The alarm thresholds for the OPT-AMP-L card will appear.

c. Double-click the Power Failure Low table cell for Port 1 (1-Line-2-1 RX) and delete the current value.

d. Type a new value of –30 . Press the Enter key.

e. In the CTC window, click Apply , then click Yes in the confirmation dialog box.

Step 3 If an OPT-AMP-L amplifier (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on Side B (where the physical loopback was created), perform the following steps. If not, continue with Step 4.

a. Display the OPT-AMP-L card in card view, then click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

b. In the Types area, click Alarm , then click Refresh . The alarm thresholds for the OPT-AMP-L card will appear.

c. Double-click the Power Failure Low table cell for Port 1 (1-Line-2-1 RX) and delete the current value.

d. Type a new value of –30 . Press the Enter key.

e. In the CTC window, click Apply , then click Yes in the confirmation dialog box.

Step 4 Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST-L card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A. If the alarms do not clear, contact your next level of support.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 5 Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 6 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 7 Click the Operating Mode table cell and choose Pass Through from the drop-down list.

Step 8 Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 9 Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 10 Repeat Steps 6 through 8 for the Side B 32WSS-L card.

Step 11 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 12.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength you will test, then continue with Step 13.

Step 12 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test.

Step 13 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the Side B OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM LINE RX port. If a Side B OPT-AMP-L card is installed, insert a 10-dB attenuator on the fiber coming from the TXP_MR_10E_L card.


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 14 If an OPT-AMP-L card configured as an OPT-PRE is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 15.

a. Display the Side B OPT-AMP-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Power parameter for Port 1. Record the value.

d. Display the Side B OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Power value for Port 2 (if an OPT-BST-L card) or Port 3 (if an OSC-CSM card). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-AMP-L card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. Complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 15 If MMU cards are installed complete the following steps. If an MMU cards are not installed, continue with Step 16.

a. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 3 (COM-RX) power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side B OPT-AMP-L card provisioned as an OPT-PRE is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the OPT-AMP-L Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side B OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-L, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX) of the Side B MMU card.

m. Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

n. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p. Continue with Step 17.

Step 16 Verify the Side B 32WSS-L to OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-L, or OSC-CSM card cable connection:

a. Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side B OPT-AMP-L card provisioned as an OPT-PRE is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2, then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side B OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3, then continue with Step i .

h. D isplay the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2, then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L card and the OPT-AMP-L, OPT-BST-L, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 17 Verify the EXPRESS cable connection between the two 32WSS-L cards:

a. Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 65 (EXP-TX) Power parameter. Record the value.

a. Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Power value for Port 66 (EXP-RX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 18 Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 19 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the connector number containing the wavelength you are testing. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 20 Wait 60 to 70 seconds, then locate the Power and VOA Power Ref parameters for the tested PASS-THROUGH port. Verify that the Power value is equal to the VOA Power Ref value, +/– 1.5 dBm. If the Power value is not equal to the VOA Power Ref value, +/– 1.5 dBm, contact your next level of support.

Step 21 If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 22.

a. Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h. If an OPT-BST-L card is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k. Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card, and the MMU card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l. Continue with Step 23.

Step 22 If an OPT-BST-L card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 23.

a. Display the Side B OPT-BST-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 1 Power parameter. Record the value.

d. Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Power value for Port 67. Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L and 32WSS-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 23 If a Side A OPT-AMP-L card provisioned as an OPT-PRE is installed, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 24.

a. Display the Side A OPT-AMP-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d. Display the Side A OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX) (OPT-BST-L) or Port 3 (COM-TX) (OSC-CSM). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 2.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-AMP-L card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. For the Side A OPT-AMP-L card provisioned as an OPT-PRE, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 24 If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps, then continue with Step 26. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 25.

a. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 3 (COM-RX) power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side A OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the OPT-AMP-L Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If an OPT-BST-L card is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-L, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX) of the Side A MMU card.

m. Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

n. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and cards and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p. Continue with Step 26.

Step 25 Verify the Side A 32WSS-L card to OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-L, or OSC-CSM card cable connection:

a. Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side A OPT-AMP-L card is installed, display it in card view, and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side A OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view, and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. D isplay the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L card and the OPT-AMP-L, OPT-BST-L, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 26 Verify the EXPRESS cable connection between the two 32WSS-L cards:

a. Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 65 (EXP-TX) Power parameter. Record the value.

a. Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Power value for Port 66 (EXP-RX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 27 Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 28 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the connector number containing the wavelength you are testing. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 29 Wait 60 to 70 seconds (or click Reset ), then locate the Power and VOA Power Ref parameters for the tested PASS-THROUGH port. Verify that the Power value is equal to the VOA Power Ref value, +/– 1.5 dBm. If the Power value is not equal to the VOA Power Ref value +/– 1.5 dBm, consult your next level of support.

Step 30 If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 31.

a. Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h. If a Side B OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k. Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l. Continue with Step 32.

Step 31 If an OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 32.

a. Display the Side B OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 1 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OPT-BST-L card) or the Port 2 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OSC-CSM card). Record the value.

d. Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Power value for Port 67 (COM-TX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L card and the OSC-CSM or 32WSS-L card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 32 Repeat Steps 18 through 20 and 27 through 29 for the remaining wavelengths to be tested. If you have tested all the wavelengths, continue with Step 33.

Step 33 Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 34 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 35 In the Operating Mode, click the table cell and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 36 Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 37 Display the Side A 32WSS-L in card view.

Step 38 Repeat Steps 34 through 36 for the Side A 32WSS-L card.

Step 39 Remove the TXP or tunable laser from the Side B OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM line side TX and RX ports.

Step 40 Remove the loopback fiber from the line RX and TX in the Side A OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card.

Step 41 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G363 Verify the Side B ROADM L-Band Add/Drop Channels

 

Purpose

This procedure verifies the signal flow through Side B of a ROADM node for L-band add/drop channels.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_L

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), display the Alarms tab.

Step 2 Create a physical loopback on the Side B OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST-L cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 3 Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST-L card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side B.


Note For ANSI shelves, EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 4 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 5.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength you are testing, then continue with Step 7.

Step 5 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. See Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 6 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the following steps. If you are using a tunable laser, continue with Step 7.

a. Display the TXP_MR_10E_L in card view.

b. Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

c. Locate the Port 2 (Trunk) table cell for the TX Optical Pwr parameter. Record the value.

Step 7 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the Side B fiber patch panel MUX port that corresponds to the Side B 32WSS-L card port carrying the tested wavelength.

Step 8 Connect the TXP_MR_10E_L DWDM RX port or the power meter RX port to the Side B fiber patch panel DMX port that is connected with the Side B 32DMX-L card CHAN-TX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_L card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 9 Display the 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 10 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 11 For each wavelength that you will test, click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Add Drop from the drop-down list.

Step 12 Click Apply and then Yes , to confirm.

Step 13 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 14 Find the tested wavelength CHAN RX port, then scroll to the right until you see the Power Add parameter. Verify that the Power Add value for the tested port CHAN RX is equal to the output power level of the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_L card measured in Step 6, +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 15 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX) for the wavelength under test.

Step 16 Verify that the power value from Step 15 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS-L).Port COM-TX.Power set +/– 1.0 dBm on Side B. To view this set point:

a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b. In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32WSS-L card on Side B.

c. Expand the COM-TX category.

d. Select Power .

e. View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS-L).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f. If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 15 (+/– 2.0 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 17 If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 18.

a. Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h. If a Side B OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k. Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l. Continue with Step 19.

Step 18 Verify the connection between the 32WSS-L card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM cards:

a. Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. If a OPT-BST-L card is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

f. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

g. Verify that the value in Step e or f matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If so, continue with Step 19. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card and the 32WSS-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 19 If an OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a. Display the Side B OPT-AMP-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d. Display the Side B OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Port 2 (COM-TX) Power value (for OPT-BST-L cards) or Port 3 (COM-TX) Power value (for OSC-CSM cards). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-AMP-L card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. For the Side B OPT-AMP-L card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 20 If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 21.

a. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If an OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs. Record the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side B OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX).

m. Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

n. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p. Continue with Step 22.

Step 21 Verify the connection between the Side B 32WSS-L card and the OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-L (in OPT-PRE mode), or OSC-CSM card:

a. Display the Side B 32WSS-L in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side B OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side B OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L card and the OPT-AMP-L, OPT-BST-L, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 22 Verify the Side B 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L connection:

a. Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 69 (DROP-TX).

c. Display the Side B 32DMX-L card in card view.

d. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Record the value in the Port 2 (COM-RX) table cell. Verify that the value is equal to the value recorded in b , +/– 1.0 dBm. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 23 Display the Side B 32DMX-L card in card view.

Step 24 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tab. Record the CHAN-TX port value under the Power parameter for the wavelength under test.

Step 25 Verify that the power value from Step 24 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32DMX-L).Port CHAN-TX.Power set point +/– 2 dBm on Side B. To view this set point:

a. Go to node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b. In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32DMX-L card.

c. Expand the CHAN-TX category.

d. Select Power .

e. View the value of the Side B Shelf i Slot i (32DMX-L).Port CHAN-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f. If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 24 (+/– 2 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 26 Display the TXP_MR_10E_L card in card view.

Step 27 Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

Step 28 In the Port 2 (Trunk) column, locate the RX Optical Power value. Verify that the value matches the power in Step 24, +/– 2 dBm. If the power values do not match (+/– 2 dBm), complete the following steps:

a. Remove, clean, and replace the cable connecting the TXP_MR_10E_C RX port to the Side B fiber patch panel DMX port for the tested wavelength. See the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors.

b. Repeat this step. If the power values still do not match (+/– 2 dBm) contact your next level of support.

Step 29 Repeat Steps 4 through 28 for the remaining wavelengths.

Step 30 Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 31 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 32 Click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 33 Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 34 Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side B patch panel.

Step 35 Unplug the physical loopback fiber from the line TX and RX in the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card.

Step 36 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G364 Verify the Side A ROADM L-Band Add/Drop Channels

 

Purpose

This procedure verifies the signal flow through Side A of a ROADM node for L-band add/drop channels.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_L

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), display the Alarms tab.

Step 2 Create a physical loopback on the Side A OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST-L cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 3 Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST-L card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 4 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 5.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength you are testing, then continue with Step 7.

Step 5 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 6 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the following steps. If you are using a tunable laser, continue with Step 7.

a. Display the TXP_MR_10E_L in card view.

b. Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

c. Locate the Port 2 (Trunk) table cell for the TX Optical Pwr parameter. Record the value.

Step 7 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the Side A fiber patch panel MUX port that corresponds to the Side A 32WSS-L card port carrying the tested wavelength.

Step 8 Connect the TXP_MR_10E_L DWDM RX port or the power meter RX port to the Side A fiber patch panel DMX port that is connected with the Side A 32DMX-L card CHAN-TX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_L card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 9 Display the 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 10 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 11 For each wavelength that you will test, click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Add Drop from the drop-down list.

Step 12 Click Apply and then Yes , to confirm.

Step 13 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 14 Find the tested wavelength CHAN RX port, then scroll to the right until you see the Power Add parameter. Verify that the Power Add value for the tested port CHAN RX is equal to the output power level of the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_L card measured in Step 6, +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 15 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX) for the wavelength under test.

Step 16 Verify that the power value from Step 15 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS-L).Port COM-TX.Power +/– 1.0 dBm on Side A. To view this set point:

a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b. In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32WSS-L card on Side A.

c. Expand the Port COM-TX category.

d. Select Power .

e. View the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS-L).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f. If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 15 (+/– 2.0 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 17 If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 18.

a. Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h. If a Side A OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k. Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l. Continue with Step 19.

Step 18 Verify the connection between the 32WSS-L card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM cards:

a. Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. If a OPT-BST-L card is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

f. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

g. Verify that the value in Step e or f matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If so, continue with Step 19. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card and the 32WSS-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 19 If an OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a. Display the Side A OPT-AMP-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d. Display the Side A OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Port 2 (COM-TX) Power value (for OPT-BST-L cards) or Port 3 (COM-TX) Power value (for OSC-CSM cards). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-AMP-L card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. For the Side A OPT-AMP-L card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 20 If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 21.

a. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If an OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs. Record the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side A OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

k. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX).

m. Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

n. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p. Continue with Step 22.

Step 21 Verify the connection between the Side A 32WSS-L card and the OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-L (in OPT-PRE mode), or OSC-CSM card:

a. Display the Side A 32WSS-L in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side A OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side A OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L card and the OPT-AMP-L, OPT-BST-L, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 22 Verify the Side A 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L connection:

a. Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 69 (DROP-TX).

c. Display the Side A 32DMX-L card in card view.

d. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Record the value in the Port 2 (COM-RX) table cell. Verify that the value is equal to the value recorded in b , +/– 1.0 dBm. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 23 Display the Side A 32DMX-L card in card view.

Step 24 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tab. Record the CHAN-TX port value under the Power parameter for the wavelength under test.

Step 25 Verify that the power value from Step 24 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32DMX-L).Port CHAN-TX.Power set point +/– 2 dBm on Side A. To view this set point:

a. Go to node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b. In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32DMX-L card on Side A.

c. Expand the Port CHAN-TX category.

d. Select Power .

e. View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32DMX-L).Port CHAN-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f. If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 24 (+/– 2 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 26 Display the TXP_MR_10E_L card in card view.

Step 27 Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

Step 28 In the Port 2 (Trunk) column, locate the RX Optical Power value. Verify that the value matches the power in Step 24, +/– 2 dBm. If the power values do not match (+/– 2 dBm), complete the following steps:

a. Remove, clean, and replace the cable connecting the TXP_MR_10E_L RX port to the Side A fiber patch panel DMX port for the tested wavelength. See the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors.

b. Repeat this step. If the power values still do not match (+/– 2 dBm) contact your next level of support.

Step 29 Repeat Steps 4 through 28 for the remaining wavelengths.

Step 30 Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 31 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 32 Click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 33 Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 34 Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side A patch panel.

Step 35 Unplug the physical loopback fiber from the line TX and RX in the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card.

Step 36 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G180 Perform the ROADM Node with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This acceptance test verifies that a ROADM node provisioned for C-band wavelengths is operating properly before you connect it to the network. The test verifies the operation of the amplifiers and also verifies that each add/drop and pass-through port on the 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C cards operates properly. The test also checks the power levels at each transmit and receive port to ensure that power loss in the cabling is within tolerance. If MMU cards are installed, the test verifies that the MMU insertion loss does not impact add, drop, or pass through circuits.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Note Because the node is isolated and no line-side fibers are connected during the test, the power levels going into the line-side cards will not be the same as the levels after the node is connected to the network. Therefore, if the ROADM shelf does not contain either OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifiers, and OPT-PRE amplifiers on both the Side B and Side A sides, lower the OPT-PRE power thresholds so that the ROADM shelf turns on properly. At the end of the test, you will run ANS to configure the node with the correct parameters for the network acceptance test.



Note Throughout this procedure, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1 Make a copy of Table 5-3 and place it in a convenient location for reference throughout this procedure. The table shows the 40-WSS-C ports and the wavelengths assigned to them. The 40 wavelengths are divided among five physical multi-fiber push on (MPO) connectors on the 40-WSS-C card. Each MPO connector is assigned eight wavelengths. In Cisco Transport controller (CTC), the MPO connector appears in the card view Provisioning > Optical Chn:Optical Connector tab. Each Optical Connector subtab represents an MPO connector. Ports 1 through 40 are the channel (CHAN) RX (add) ports; Ports 41 through 80 are the pass-through ports.

 

Step 2 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the ROADM node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 3.

Step 3 Display the ROADM node in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode).

Step 4 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.


Note The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate LOS alarms on the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-AMP-C cards, and on the OSC-CSM and OSCM cards. If OSCM cards are installed in ANSI shelves, EOC SDCC Termination Failure alarms will also appear.


Step 5 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are either Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following steps:

a. Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b. Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c. Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.


Note The OSC terminations created will generate LOS alarms on the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-AMP-C cards and on the OSC-CSM and OSCM cards. If OSCM cards are installed in ANSI shelves, EOC DCC Termination Failure alarms will also appear.


Step 6 If MMU cards are installed, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 7.

a. Display the Side B MMU in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

d. Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

e. Display the Side A MMU in card view.

f. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

g. Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 7 Display the Side B 40-WSS-C in card view.

Step 8 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-3 , if needed.

Step 9 Click the Admin State table cell for the add port carrying the tested wavelength, then choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 1 (CHAN-RX) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list.

Step 10 Change the administrative state of the pass-through port corresponding to the port in Step 9 to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 33 (PASS-THROUGH) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list. Refer to Table 5-3 , if needed.

 

Table 5-3 40-WSS-C Ports and Wavelengths Test Checklist

40-WSS-C Provisioning Subtab
Port #
Wavelength
Tested: Pass-Through
Tested: Add/Drop Side A
Tested: Add/Drop Side B

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 1

RX 1, PT 41

1530.33

 

 

 

RX 2, PT 42

1531.12

 

 

 

RX 3, PT 43

1531.90

 

 

 

RX 4, PT 44

1532.68

 

 

 

RX 5, PT 45

1533.47

 

 

 

RX 6, PT 46

1533.47

 

 

 

RX 7, PT 47

1535.04

 

 

 

RX 8, PT 48

1535.82

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 2

RX 9, PT 49

1536.81

 

 

 

RX 10, PT 50

1537.40

 

 

 

RX 11, PT 51

1538.19

 

 

 

RX 12, PT 52

1538.98

 

 

 

RX 13, PT 53

1539.77

 

 

 

RX 14, PT 54

1540.56

 

 

 

RX 15, PT 55

1541.35

 

 

 

RX 16, PT 56

1542.14

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 3

RX 17, PT 57

1542.19

 

 

 

RX 18, PT 58

1543.73

 

 

 

RX 19, PT 59

1544.53

 

 

 

RX 20, PT 60

1545.32

 

 

 

RX 21, PT 61

1546.12

 

 

 

RX 22, PT 62

1546.92

 

 

 

RX 23, PT 63

1547.72

 

 

 

RX 24, PT 64

1548.51

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 4

RX 25, PT 65

1549.32

 

 

 

RX 26, PT 66

1550.12

 

 

 

RX 27, PT 67

1550.92

 

 

 

RX 28, PT 68

1551.72

 

 

 

RX 29, PT 69

1552.52

 

 

 

RX 30, PT 70

1553.33

 

 

 

RX 31, PT 71

1554.13

 

 

 

RX 32, PT 72

1554.94

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 5

RX 33, PT 73

1555.75

 

 

 

RX 34, PT 74

1556.55

 

 

 

RX 35, PT 75

1557.36

 

 

 

RX 36, PT 76

1558.17

 

 

 

RX 37, PT 77

1558.98

 

 

 

RX 38, PT 78

1559.71

 

 

 

RX 39, PT 79

1560.61

 

 

 

RX 40, PT 80

1561.42

 

 

 

Step 11 Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 12 Repeat Steps 8 through 11 for each wavelength that you will test.

Step 13 Display the Side A 40-WSS-C in card view.

Step 14 Repeat Steps 8 through 12 for the Side A 40-WSS-C card.

Step 15 Display the Side B 40-DMX-C card in card view and complete the following steps:

a. Choose the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

b. For Port 41 (COM-RX), click the Admin State table cell and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

c. Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 16 Repeat Step 15 for the Side A 40-DMX-C card.

Step 17 Complete the G310 Verify ROADM Node C-Band Pass-Through Channels with 40-WSS-C Cards.

Step 18 Complete the following tasks for channels that will be added or dropped on the node.

Step 19 If MMU cards are installed, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a. Display the Side B MMU in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Click Admin State for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

d. Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

e. Display the Side A MMU in card view.

f. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

g. Click Admin State for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 20 Display the Side B 40-WSS-C in card view.

Step 21 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you tested.

Step 22 Click the Admin State table cell then choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list for all ports that were changed to OOS,MT or Locked,Maintenance in Steps 9 and 10 .

Step 23 Click Apply .

Step 24 Repeat Steps 21 through 23 for all the ports that are in OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance state on the Side B 40-WSS-C card.

Step 25 Display the Side A 40-WSS-C in card view.

Step 26 Repeat Steps 21 through 23 for all ports on the Side A 40-WSS-C card.

Step 27 Display the Side B 40-DMX-C in card view.

Step 28 Choose the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 29 For Port 33, click the Admin State table cell and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 30 Click Apply .

Step 31 Display the Side A 40-DMX-C card in card view.

Step 32 Repeat Steps 28 through 30 for the Side A 40-DMX-C card.

Step 33 Delete both OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 34 Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

Step 35 Create the two OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 36 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment failure alarms appear on the node. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop . You have completed this procedure .


 

DLP-G310 Verify ROADM Node C-Band Pass-Through Channels with 40-WSS-C Cards

 

Purpose

This task verifies the signal flow through a ROADM node for C-band pass-through channels. Pass-through channels pass through both 40-WSS-C cards. The channels pass through the first 40-WSS-C from the COM-RX port to the EXP-TX port. In the second 40-WSS-C, the channel goes from the EXP-RX port to the COM-TX port. The channel is not terminated inside the node. If MMU cards are installed, the channel passes through the MMU COM-RX and EXP-TX ports to the 40-WSS-C COM-RX and EXP-TX ports on one side. On the other side, the channel goes from the 40-WSS-C EXP-RX and COM-TX ports to the MMU EXP-RX and COM-TX ports.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

G38 Provision OSC Terminations

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1 Create a physical loopback on the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 2 If an OPT-PRE amplifier is installed on Side A (where the physical loopback was created), perform the following steps. If not, continue with Step 3.

a. Display the OPT-PRE card in card view, then click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

b. In the Types area, click Alarm , then click Refresh . The alarm thresholds for the OPT-PRE card will appear.

c. Double-click the Power Failure Low table cell for Port 1 (COM-RX) and delete the current value.

d. Type a new value of –30.0 and press the Enter key.

e. In the CTC window, click Apply , then click Yes in the confirmation dialog box.

Step 3 If an OPT-PRE or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 4.

a. Display the Side B OPT-PRE card in card view, then click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

b. In the Types area, click Alarm , then click Refresh . The alarm thresholds for the OPT-PRE card will appear.

c. Double-click the Power Failure Low table cell for Port 1 (COM-RX) and delete the current value.

d. Type a new value of –30.0 and press the Enter key.

e. In the CTC window, click Apply , then click Yes in the confirmation dialog box.

Step 4 Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A. If the alarms do not clear, contact your next level of support.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC SDCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 5 Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 6 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 7 Click the Operating Mode table cell for the wavelength under test and choose Pass Through from the drop-down list.

Step 8 Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 9 Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 10 Repeat Steps 6 through 8 for the Side B 40-WSS-C card.

Step 11 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 12.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength you will test, then continue with Step 13.

Step 12 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test.

Step 13 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM LINE RX port. If a Side B OPT-PRE is installed, insert a 10-dB attenuator on the fiber coming from the TXP_MR_10E_C card.


Note If using a pre-installed TXP_MR-10E_C card that is connected to the 40-DMX-C, there is no need to connect the TXP_MR_10E_C DWDM TX port to the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM LINE RX port. Install an optical loopback between the LINE TX and RX ports on the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.



Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 14 If an OPT-PRE or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 15.

a. Display the Side B OPT-PRE in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d. Display the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX) (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E) or Port 3 (COM-TX) (OSC-CSM). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 2.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. For the Side B OPT-PRE card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 15 If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps, then continue with Step 17. If an MMU card is not installed, continue with Step 16.

a. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 3 (COM-RX) power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side B OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX) of the Side B MMU card.

m. Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

n. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p. Continue with Step 17.

Step 16 Verify the Side B 40-WSS-C card to OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card cable connection:

a. Display the Side B 40-WSS-C in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 84 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side B OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If an OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 17 Verify the EXPRESS cable connection between the two 40-WSS-C cards:

a. Display the Side B 40-WSS-C in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 81 (EXP-TX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. Display the Side A 40-WSS-C in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Power value for EXPRESS Port 82 (EXP-RX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 18 Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 19 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the connector number containing the wavelength you are testing. Refer to Table 5-3, if needed.

Step 20 Wait 60 to 70 seconds (or click Reset ), then locate the Power and VOA Power Ref parameters for the tested PASS-THROUGH port. Verify that the Power value is equal to the VOA Power Ref value, +/– 1.5 dBm. If the Power value is not equal to the VOA Power Ref value +/–1.5 dBm, contact your next level of support.

Step 21 If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 22.

a. Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 83 (COM-TX).

d. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h. If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k. Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l. Continue with Step 23.

Step 22 If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 23.

a. Display the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 1 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or the Port 2 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OSC-CSM cards). Record the value.

d. Display the Side A 40-WSS-C in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Power value for Port 83 (COM-TX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 40-WSS-C card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. For the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 23 If a OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 24.

a. Display the Side A OPT-PRE in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 1 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. Display the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX) (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E) or Port 3 (COM-TX) (OSC-CSM). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 2.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. For the Side A OPT-PRE, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 24 If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps, then continue with Step 26. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 25.

a. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 3 (COM-RX) power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side A OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX) of the Side A MMU card.

m. Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

n. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 84 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and cards and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p. Continue with Step 26.

Step 25 Verify the Side A 40-WSS-C card to OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card cable connection:

a. Display the Side A 40-WSS-C in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 84 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side A OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 26 Verify the EXPRESS cable connection between the two 40-WSS-C cards:

a. Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 81 (EXP-TX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Power value for Port 82 (EXP-RX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 27 Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 28 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the connector number containing the wavelength you are testing. Refer to Table 5-3, if needed.

Step 29 Wait 60 to 70 seconds (or click Reset ), then locate the Power and VOA Power Ref parameters for the tested PASS-THROUGH port. Verify that the Power value is equal to the VOA Power Ref value, +/– 1.5 dBm. If the Power value is not equal to the VOA Power Ref value +/– 1.5 dBm, consult your next level of support.

Step 30 If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 31.

a. Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 83 (COM-TX).

d. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h. If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k. Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l. Continue with Step 32.

Step 31 If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 32.

a. Display the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 1 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or the Port 2 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OSC-CSM cards). Record the value.

d. Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Power value for Port 83 (COM-TX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 40-WSS-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. For the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 32 Complete Steps 18 , 19 , 27 , and 28 for the additional wavelengths that you want to test. If you have tested all the wavelengths, continue with Step 33.

Step 33 Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 34 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 35 In the Operating Mode column, click the table cell and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 36 Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 37 Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 38 Repeat Steps 34 through 36 for the Side A 40-WSS-C card.

Step 39 If you used a tunable laser or installed a TXP_MR_10E_C card for this test, disconnect it or the tunable laser from the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM line side RX ports.

Step 40 Remove the loopback fiber from the line RX and TX in the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 41 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G311 Verify the Side B ROADM C-Band Add/Drop Channels with 40-WSS-C Cards

 

Purpose

This task verifies the signal flow through Side B of a ROADM node for C-band add/drop channels.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), display the Alarms tab.

Step 2 Create a physical loopback on the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 3 Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side B.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 4 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 5.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength you are testing, then continue with Step 7.

Step 5 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 6 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the following steps. If you are using a tunable laser continue with Step 7.

a. Display the TXP_MR_10E_C in card view.

b. Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

c. Locate the Port 2 (Trunk) table cell for the TX Optical Pwr parameter. Record the value.

Step 7 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side B fiber patch panel MUX port that is connected to the Side B 40-WSS-C card CHAN RX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 8 Connect the TXP_MR_10E_C DWDM RX port or the power meter RX port to the Side B fiber patch panel DMX port that is connected with the Side B 40-DMX-C card CHAN-TX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 9 Display the 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 10 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 11 For each wavelength that you will test, click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Add Drop from the drop-down list.

Step 12 Click Apply and then Yes , to confirm.

Step 13 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 14 Find the tested wavelength CHAN RX port, then scroll to the right until you see the Power Add parameter. Verify that the Power Add value for the tested port CHAN RX is equal to the output power level of the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_C card measured in Step 6, +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 15 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX) for the wavelength under test.

Step 16 Verify that the power value from Step 15 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (40-WSS-C).Port COM-TX.Power set point +/– 1.0 dBm on Side B. To view this set point:

a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b. In the Selector window on the left, expand the 40-WSS-C card on Side B.

c. Expand the Port COM-TX category.

d. Select Power.

e. View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (40-WSS-C).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f. If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 15 (+/– 2.0 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 17 If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 18.

a. Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h. If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k. Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l. Continue with Step 19.

Step 18 Verify the connection between the 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E or OSC-CSM cards:

a. Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. If a OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

f. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

g. Verify that the value in Step e or f matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If so, continue with Step 19. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 40-WSS-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 19 If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a. Display the Side B OPT-PRE in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d. Display the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Port 2 (COM-TX) Power value (for OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or Port 3 (COM-TX) Power value (for OSC-CSM cards). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. For the Side B OPT-PRE card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 20 If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 21.

a. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs. Record the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j. Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX).

m. Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

n. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p. Continue with Step 22.

Step 21 Verify the connection between the Side B 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card:

a. Display the Side B 40-WSS-C in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side B OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 22 Verify the Side B 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C connection:

a. Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 69 (DROP-TX).

c. Display the Side B 40-DMX-C card in card view.

d. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Record the value in the Port 33 (COM-RX) table cell. Verify that the value is equal to the value recorded in b , +/– 1.0 dBm. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 23 Display the Side B 40-DMX-C card in card view.

Step 24 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tab. Record the CHAN-TX port value under the Power parameter for the wavelength under test.

Step 25 Verify that the power value from Step 24 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (40-DMX-C).Port CHAN-TX.Power set point +/– 2 dBm on Side B. To view this set point:

a. Go to node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b. In the Selector window on the left, expand the 40-DMX-C card on Side B.

c. Expand the CHAN-TX category.

d. Select Power.

e. View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (40-DMX-C).Port CHAN-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f. If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 24 (+/– 2 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 26 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, display it in card view. If not, read the values called for in Step 28 from the optical test set or tunable laser you are using.

Step 27 Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

Step 28 In the Port 2 (Trunk) column, locate the RX Optical Power value. Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step 24, +/– 2 dBm. If the power values do not match (+/– 2 dBm), complete the following steps:

a. Remove, clean, and replace the cable connecting the TXP_MR_10E_C RX port to the Side B fiber patch panel DMX port for the tested wavelength. See the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors.

b. Repeat this step. If the power values still do not match (+/– 2 dBm) contact your next level of support.

Step 29 Repeat Steps 4 through 28 for the remaining wavelengths.

Step 30 Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 31 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 32 Click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 33 Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 34 Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side B patch panel.

Step 35 Unplug the physical loopback fiber from the line TX and RX in the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 36 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G312 Verify the Side A ROADM C-Band Add/Drop Channels with 40-WSS-C Cards

 

Purpose

This task verifies the signal flow through Side A of an ROADM node for C-band add/drop channels.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), display the Alarms tab.

Step 2 Create a physical loopback on the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 3 Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 4 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 5.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength you are testing, then continue with Step 7.

Step 5 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-3, if needed.

Step 6 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the following steps. If you are using a tunable laser continue with Step 7.

a. Display the TXP_MR_10E_C in card view.

b. Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

c. Locate the Port 2 (Trunk) table cell for the TX Optical Pwr parameter. Record the value.

Step 7 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side A fiber patch panel MUX port that is connected to the Side A 40-WSS-C card CHAN RX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 8 Connect the TXP_MR_10E_C DWDM RX port or the power meter RX port to the Side A fiber patch panel DMX port that is connected with the Side A 40-DMX-C card CHAN-TX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 9 Display the 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 10 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 11 For each wavelength that you will test, click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Add Drop from the drop-down list.

Step 12 Click Apply and then Yes , to confirm.

Step 13 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 14 Find the tested wavelength CHAN RX port, then scroll to the right until you see the Power Add parameter. Verify that the Power Add value for the tested port CHAN RX is equal to the output power level of the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_C card measured in Step 6, +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 15 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX) for the wavelength under test.

Step 16 Verify that the power value from Step 15 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (40-WSS -C).Port COM-TX.Power set point +/– 1.0 dBm on Side A. To view this set point:

a. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b. In the Selector window on the left, expand the 40-WSS -C card on Side A.

c. Expand the COM-TX category.

d. Select Power .

e. View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (40-WSS -C).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f. If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 15 (+/– 2.0 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 17 If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 18.

a. Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h. If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k. Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l. Continue with Step 19.

Step 18 Verify the connection between the 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM cards:

a. Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d. If a OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

f. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

g. Verify that the value in Step e or f matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If so, continue with Step 19. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 40-WSS-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 19 If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a. Display the Side A OPT-PRE in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d. Display the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f. Locate the Port 2 (COM-TX) Power value (for OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or Port 3 (COM-TX) Power value (for OSC-CSM cards). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g. For the Side A OPT-PRE card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 20 If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 21.

a. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs. Record the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j. Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

k. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l. Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX).

m. Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

n. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o. Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p. Continue with Step 22.

Step 21 Verify the connection between the Side A 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card:

a. Display the Side A 40-WSS-C in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c. Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d. If a Side A OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e. Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f. If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h. Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i. Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 22 Verify the Side A 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C connection:

a. Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 69 (DROP-TX).

c. Display the Side A 40-DMX-C card in card view.

d. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Record the value in the Port 2 (COM-RX) table cell. Verify that the value is equal to the value recorded in Step b , +/– 1.0 dBm. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 23 Display the Side A 40-DMX-C card in card view.

Step 24 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tab. Record the CHAN-TX port value under the Power parameter for the wavelength under test.

Step 25 Verify that the power value recorded in Step 24 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (40-DMX-C).Port CHAN-TX.Power set point +/– 2 dBm on Side A. To view this set point:

a. Go to node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b. In the Selector window on the left, expand the 40-DMX-C card on Side A.

c. Expand the Port CHAN-TX category.

d. Select Power.

e. View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (40-DMX-C).Port CHAN-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f. If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 24 (+/– 2 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 26 Display the TXP_MR_10E_C card in card view.

Step 27 Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

Step 28 In the Port 2 (Trunk) column, locate the RX Optical Power value. Verify that the value matches the power in Step 24, +/– 2 dBm. If the power values do not match (+/– 2 dBm), complete the following steps:

a. Remove, clean, and replace the cable connecting the TXP_MR_10E_C RX port to the Side A fiber patch panel DMX port for the tested wavelength. See the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors.

b. Repeat this step. If the power values still do not match (+/– 2 dBm) contact your next level of support.

Step 29 Repeat Steps 4 through 28 for the remaining wavelengths.

Step 30 Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 31 Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 32 Click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 33 Click Apply , then click Yes to confirm.

Step 34 Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side A patch panel.

Step 35 Unplug the physical loopback fiber from the line TX and RX in the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 36 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G276 Perform the 80-Channel n-degree ROADM Node Acceptance Tests

Purpose

This procedure checks the power values and the optical connections for an 80 channel n-degree ROADM node. Use this test for both existing and new installations of 80 channel ROADM nodes. Use this procedure to also test the installation of a new side to a node. This procedure cannot be performed on the node on which the OPT-RAMP-C or OPT-RAMP-CE card is installed.

Tools/Equipment

  • Fully C-band tunable transponder or tunable laser source with an LC patchcord
  • 1 LC-LC adapter
  • 15dB optical attenuator
  • Optical power meter

Prerequisite Procedures

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Identify the sides that are already carrying traffic and the sides that are going to be tested.



Step 1 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the mesh native node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2 From the View menu, choose Go to Network View .

Step 3 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. Complete the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (An equipment alarm is indicated in the Alarms tab, Cond column as EQPT.) If equipment failure alarms are present, investigate and resolve them before continuing. For information on how to clear an alarm, see the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide .

Step 4 Insert a full C-band tunable transponder into an available slot on the side that you want to test.


Note In this procedure Side A through H is referred as Side x.


Step 5 Connect the TX port of the transponder to the EAD i (where i =1) port of the 80-WXC-C card on the side to be tested.

Step 6 Select a wavelength that is not already used by a side carrying traffic. Select 1530.33 nm for a new installation. Set the transponder wavelength to the selected wavelength yyyy.yy by completing the G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength.

Step 7 Place the trunk port of the transponder in the In-Service (IS) state.

Step 8 In node view, click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs and record the Power value of the COM port of the 80-WXC-C card for the side you are verifying.

Step 9 On Side x , go to the card view of the 80-WXC-C card and complete the following steps:

a. Click the Provisioning > WXC Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the EAD i port.

b. Click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs.

  • Set the Target Power to the value recorded in Step 8.
  • From the Port pull-down menu, select EAD i and from the Wavelength pull-down menu, select yyyy.yy

c. Click Refresh and verify that the target power is reached.

d. Place the trunk port of the transponder in OutofService (OOS) state.

Step 10 To check the wavelengths for the EAD1 port, repeat from Step 6 and Step 9 d for the remaining 79 wavelengths.


Note It is not mandatory to test the 80 wavelengths for all the ports (EADi where i = 1 to 8).


Step 11 Disconnect the transponder from EAD i port and restore the fiber connection to the EAD i port.

Step 12 Repeat Step 5 through Step 11 for the remaining EAD i ports where i = 2 to 8.

Step 13 Plug a 15-dB LC attenuator into the trunk TX port of the transponder card.

Step 14 Select a wavelength that is not already used by a side carrying traffic. Select 1530.33 nm for a new installation. Set the transponder wavelength to the selected wavelength yyyy.yy by completing the G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength.

Step 15 Connect the optical power meter to the trunk TX port of the transponder card.

Step 16 Complete the G433 Record Transponder Optical Power.

Step 17 Disconnect the optical power meter from the TX port of the transponder card.

Step 18 In card view, display the OPT-AMP-C card configured as LINE for Side x (slot 1 or 17) and complete the following steps:

a. Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs and from the OSRI pull-down menu, select OFF .

b. From the ALS Mode pull-down menu, select Disable .

Step 19 Make the following connections:

a. Connect the transponder output port (with the 15-dB attenuator) to the Line RX port of the booster amplifier (OPT-AMP-C configured as LINE in slot 1 or 17) on Side x .

b. Connect the optical power meter to the LINE-TX port of the booster amplifier (OPT-AMP-C configured as LINE in slot 1 or 17) on Side x .

c. Use a fiber jumper to connect the DROP-TX port to the AD port of the 80-WXC-C card for Side x .

Step 20 Create an OCHNC DCN circuit for wavelength yyyy.yy from LINE amplifier of Side x to local add/drop ports of the 80-WXC-C card of Side x using the G105 Provision Optical Channel Network Connections and wait till all the alarms clear.

Step 21 In card view, display the booster amplifier card for Side x . Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the IL02 (LINE RX->COM TX) insertion loss value.

Step 22 In card view, display the transponder card and click the Provisioning > Line tabs. For the trunk port, choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list and click Apply .

Step 23 In card view, display the booster amplifier card for Side x , and complete the following steps:

a. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-TX port.

b. Verify the power value of the COM-TX port = (Optical power meter value in Step 16) – (LINE RX->COM TX insertion loss value read in Step 21) (+\– 1 dB).

Step 24 In card view, display the preamplifier card (OPT-AMP-C configured as PRE in slot 2 or 16) for Side x and complete the following steps:

a. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b. Verify that the COM-RX power value matches the value in Step 23 b (+\– 1 dB).

c. Click the Provisioning > Opt. Ampli. Line > Parameters tabs and record the Total Output Power value of the LINE-TX port.

Step 25 In card view, display the 80-WXC-C card for Side x and complete the following steps:

a. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b. Verify that the value matches the LINE-TX port power value in Step 24 c (+/- 1dB).

c. Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the COM-RX -> EXP-TX insertion loss.

d. Record the COM-RX -> DROP-TX insertion loss.

e. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the EXP-TX port.

f. Record the Power value of the DROP-TX port.

g. Verify that the EXP-TX Power value inStep 25 e = (COM-RX value in Step 25 a ) – (COM-RX -> EXP-TX value in Step 25 c ) (+\– 1 dB).

h. Click the Provisioning > WXC Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the AD port.

i. Verify that the value matches the DROP-TX port power value in Step 25 f (+/- 1dB).

j. Click the Provisioning > WXC Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM port.

k. Verify that the power value in Step 25 j matches the COM port power value in the node view > Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs for the 80-WXC-C card under test.

Step 26 In card view, display the 80-WXC-C card for a side different from Side x and complete the following steps:


Note This step must be performed for a single wavelength yyyy.yy only that is not used on any of the installed sides.


a. Click the Maintenance > Wavelength Power tabs and select PORT EAD i , where i depends on the value of x. ( x , i ) = (A,1) (B,2) (C,3) (D,4) (E,5) (F,6) (G,7) (H,8)

b. Record the power value for wavelength yyyy.yy.

c. Verify if the power value in Step 26 b is equal to the (power value recorded in Step 25 e - 8dB) if a PP-MESH-4 is used or is equal to the (power value recorded in Step 25 e - 12dB) if a PP-MESH-8 is used.

Step 27 In card view, display the booster amplifier card for Side x , and complete the following:

a. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b. Verify COM-RX Power value matches the COM Power value in Step 25 j (+\– 1 dB).

c. Click the Provisioning > Opt. Ampli. Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the LINE-TX port.

d. Verify that the LINE-TX value matches the power on the LINE-TX port power value in node view > Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs (+\– 2 dB).

e. Record the optical power meter value.

f. Verify that the optical power meter value matches the LINE-TX value in Step 27 c (+\– 1 dB).

Step 28 Delete the OCHNC DCN circuit on wavelength yyyy.yy from LINE amplifier of Side x to local add/drop ports of the 80-WXC-C card of Side x using the G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections.

Step 29 In card view, display the transponder card and click the Provisioning > Line tabs. For the trunk port, choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list and click Apply .

Step 30 To test all wavelengths, repeat Step 6 through Step 29 for each wavelength. In Step 6, set the wavelength to the next wavelength.

Step 31 Remove the fiber jumper connected between the DROP-TX port and the AD port in the 80-WXC-C card on Side x.

Step 32 Restore the original connections between the AD and DROP-TX ports of the 80-WXC-C card and the respective ports of the 15216 40 or 48 -channel mux/demux patch panel according to the Cisco Transport Planner Internal Connections Report.

Step 33 Use a fiber jumper to connect the TX port to the RX port associated to the wavelength yyyy.yy to be tested in the 15216-MD-40-ODD, 15216-EF-40-ODD, or 15216-MD-48-ODD or in the 15216-MD-40-EVEN, 15216-EF-40-EVEN, or 15216-MD-48-EVEN unit for Side x (depending on which 15216 40 or 48 -channel mux/demux patch panel the wavelength yyyy.yy is managed).

Step 34 Select a wavelength yyyy.yy on the full C band tunable transponder. Complete the G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength to tune the transponder for the selected wavelength yyyy.yy.

Step 35 Create an OCHNC DCN circuit on wavelength yyyy.yy from LINE amplifier of side x to local add/drop ports of the 80-WXC-C card of Side x using the G105 Provision Optical Channel Network Connections and wait till all the alarms clear on the node.

Step 36 In card view, display the 80-WXC-C card for Side x and complete the following steps:

a. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the DROP-TX port.

b. Click the Provisioning > WXC Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the AD port.

c. Verify that the Power value of the AD port in Step 36 b is > the Power value of the DROP-TX port in Step 36 a – 18dB.

Step 37 Delete the OCHNC DCN circuit on wavelength yyyy.yy from LINE amplifier of Side x to local add/drop ports of the 80-WXC-C card of Side x using the G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections.

Step 38 In card view, display the transponder card and click the Provisioning > Line tabs. For the trunk port, choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list and click Apply .

Step 39 Remove the fiber jumper that was connected in Step 33 between the TX and RX ports associated to the tested wavelength yyyy.yy on the 15216-MD-40-ODD, 15216-EF-40-ODD, or 15216-MD-48-ODD or the 15216-MD-40-EVEN, 15216-EF-40-EVEN, or 15216-MD-48-EVEN unit for Side x .

Step 40 To verify all the 40 ports of the 15216-MD-40-ODD, 15216-EF-40-ODD, or 15216-MD-48-ODD unit and the 40 ports of the 15216-MD-40-EVEN, 15216-EF-40-EVEN, or 15216-MD-48-EVEN unit, repeat the previous steps from Step 33 through Step 38 by changing the wavelength yyyy.yy to cover all other 79 available wavelengths.

Step 41 Disconnect the optical power meter from the LINE-TX port of the booster amplifier of the Side x .

Step 42 Disconnect the transponder output port (with the 15-dB attenuator) from the LINE-RX port of the booster amplifier of the Side x .

Step 43 Repeat Step 4 through Step 42 for all the others sides that are being installed.

Step 44 In card view, display the OPT-AMP-C card configured as LINE for Side x (slot 1 or 17) and complete the following:

a. Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs and from the OSRI pull-down menu, select OFF .

b. From the ALS Mode pull-down menu, select Auto Restart .

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G44 Perform the Anti-ASE Hub Node Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests an anti-ASE hub node.

Tools/Equipment

A tunable laser or a TXP_MR_10E_C card

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2 From the View menu, choose Go to Network View .

Step 3 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.


Note The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate two alarms for each side of the shelf: one for LOS on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, and the other for LOS on the OSC-CSM or OSCM card.


Step 4 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following steps:

a. Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b. Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c. Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 5 From your Cisco TransportPlanner site configuration file, identify the dropped and added channels that are configured in pass-through mode in both directions.


Note Configuring a channel pass-through mode means that the channel is dropped along one direction by a 32DMX-O/32DMX or 40-DMX-C (15xx.xx TX port) located on one side (Side A or Side B) of the shelf, and then added by a 32MUX-O/40-DMX-C (1522.22 RX port) on the opposite side of the shelf but in the same direction. The channel is not terminated inside the site.


Step 6 Create a loopback on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier by connecting a patchcord from the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port with a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 7 Verify that the OSC link becomes active on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card. (The OSC termination must already be provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)

Step 8 For pass-through channels, continue with Step 9. For add and drop channels, continue with Step 18.

Step 9 Verify the first channel connection configured in pass-through mode in both directions:

a. If you are using a tunable laser, set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step b .

b. Set the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card to a corresponding wavelength on the 100-GHz ITU-T grid. Refer to the tunable laser manufacturer’s documentation or the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing.

c. Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the LINE RX port of the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 10 Complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side B OPT-PRE amplifier.

Step 11 Complete the G269 Verify the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C Card Power for the Side A 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C cards.

Step 12 Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier.

Step 13 Complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side A OPT-PRE amplifier.

Step 14 Complete the G269 Verify the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C Card Power for the Side A 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C cards.

Step 15 Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier.

Step 16 Repeat Steps 9 through 15 for the remaining wavelengths on the 100-GHz grid that are pass-through wavelengths.

Step 17 If you have add and drop channels, continue with Step 18 to verify the channels. If not, continue with Step 30.

Step 18 Set the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card to the first wavelength of the 100-GHz ITU-T grid that is not a pass-through wavelength. Refer to the tunable laser manufacturer’s documentation or the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing.

Step 19 Connect the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card to the CHAN RX nn port on the Side A 32MUX-O card, where nn is the first add or drop channel.

Step 20 Display the Side A 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C card in card view.

Step 21 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameter s tabs.

Step 22 Change the administrative state of Port nn to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI).

Step 23 Check that the power value on Port nn reaches the provisioned set point (VOA Power Ref).

Step 24 Display the Side A 32DMX-O/32DMX OR 40-DMX-C card in card view.

Step 25 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameter s tabs.

Step 26 Change the administrative state of Port nn to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI).

Step 27 Check that the power value on Port nn reaches the provisioned set point (VOA Power Ref).

Step 28 Connect a power meter to the CHAN TX nn port through the patch panel and verify that the physical optical power coming out of drop Port nn on the Side A 32DMX-O/32DMX or 40-DMX-C card is consistent with the value read on the meter within 0.5 dB.

Step 29 Repeat Steps 18 through 28 for the remaining wavelengths on the 100-GHz grid that are not pass-through wavelengths.

Step 30 Remove the loopback connection on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

Step 31 Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 32 Create a loopback on the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier by connecting a patchcord from the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port with 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 33 Verify that the OSC link becomes active on the Side B OSCM card. (The OSC termination must be already provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)

Step 34 Repeat 18 through 31 for Side B add and drop cards.

Step 35 Remove the loopback on the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

Step 36 Restore the default administrative state (IS,AINS/Unlocked,automaticInService) on all the ports previously set to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI).

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G45 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests a C-band line amplifier node with OSCM cards installed on both the Side B and Side A sides of the shelf by looping a single wavelength through the shelf.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 3.

Step 2 If you are using TXP_MR_10E_C cards, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing. If not, continue with Step 3.

Step 3 From the View menu, choose Go to Home View .

Step 4 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.


Note The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate two alarms for each side of the shelf, one for LOS on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, and the other for LOS on the OSCM card.


Step 5 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following steps:

a. Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b. Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c. Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6 Create a loopback on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card by using a fiber with a 10-dB bulk attenuator to connect the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port.

Step 7 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 8.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 9.

Step 8 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 9 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the LINE RX port of the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 10 Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E and OSCM cards have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback. An LOS-O alarm appears on the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, and an LOS alarm appears on the Side B OCSM card.


If the alarms clear, continue with Step 11. If not, perform the following steps:

a. Display the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

c. In the Types area, click Alarms , then click Refresh .

d. Locate the Port 2 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm .

e. Locate the Port 4 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm .

f. Click Apply , and then Yes .

g. Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card has cleared. If so, continue with Step 11. If not, disconnect the OSCM card from the OPT-BST card.

h. Create a loopback on the OSCM card by connecting a patch cable from the OSC TX port to the OSC RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

i. Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side A OSCM card has cleared. If so, replace the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card. If not, replace the OSCM card. See the G30 Install the DWDM Cards.

Step 11 If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side B, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 12.

Step 12 Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier.

Step 13 If an OPT-PRE amplifier is installed on Side A, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. It not, continue with continue with Step 14.

Step 14 Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier.

Step 15 Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

Step 16 Remove the loopback on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card created in Step 6.

Step 17 Create a loopback on the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card by connecting a patchcord from the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port with a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 18 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 19.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 20.

Step 19 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 20 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the LINE RX port of the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 21 Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card and the Side B OSCM card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side B.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback. An LOS-O alarm appears on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, and an LOS alarm appears on the Side A OCSM card.


If the alarms clear, continue with Step 22. If not, perform the following steps:

a. Display the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

c. In the Types area, click Alarms , then click Refresh .

d. Locate the Port 2 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm .

e. Locate the Port 4 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm .

f. Click Apply , and then Yes .

g. Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card has cleared. If so, continue with Step 22. If not, disconnect the OSCM card from the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

h. Create a loopback on the OSCM card by connecting a patch cable from the OSC TX port to the OSC RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

i. Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OSCM card has cleared. If so, replace the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card. If not, replace the OSCM card. See the G30 Install the DWDM Cards.

Step 22 If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 23.

Step 23 Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier.

Step 24 If an OPT-PRE amplifier is installed on Side B, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. It not, continue with continue with Step 25.

Step 25 Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier.

Step 26 Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

Step 27 Remove the loopback on the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier created in Step 17.

Step 28 Delete both OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 29 Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 30 Create the two OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Stop . You have completed this procedure .


 

NTP-G155 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests a L-band line amplifier node with OSCM cards installed on both the Side B and Side A sides of the shelf by looping a single wavelength through the shelf.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_L

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2 If you are using TXP_MR_10E_L cards, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing. If not, continue with Step 3.

Step 3 From the View menu, choose Go to Home View .

Step 4 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.


Note The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate two alarms for each side of the shelf, one for an LOS on the OPT-BST-L card, and the other for an LOS on the OSCM card.


Step 5 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following steps:

a. Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b. Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c. Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6 Create a loopback on the Side A OPT-BST-L card by using a fiber with a 10-dB bulk attenuator to connect the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port.

Step 7 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 8.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 9.

Step 8 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the wavelength you will test.

Step 9 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the LINE RX port of the Side B OPT-BST-L card using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 10 Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OPT-BST-L and OSCM cards have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback. An LOS-O alarm appears on the Side B OPT-BST-L card, and an LOS alarm appears on the Side B OCSM card.


If the alarms clear, continue with Step 11. If not, perform the following steps:

a. Display the Side A OPT-BST-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

c. In the Types area, click Alarms , then click Refresh .

d. Locate the Port 2 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm .

e. Locate the Port 4 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm .

f. Click Apply , and then Yes .

g. Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side A OPT-BST-L card has cleared. If so, continue with Step 11. If not, disconnect the OSCM card from the OPT-BST-L card.

h. Create a loopback on the OSCM card by connecting a patch cable from the OSC TX port to the OSC RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

i. Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side A OSCM card has cleared. If so, replace the OPT-BST-L card. If not, replace the OSCM card. See the G30 Install the DWDM Cards.

Step 11 If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned as an OPT-PRE) is installed on Side B, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 12.

Step 12 Complete the G359 Verify the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (OPT-Line Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side A OPT-BST-L amplifier.

Step 13 If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned as an OPT-PRE) is installed on Side A, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. It not, continue with continue with Step 14.

Step 14 Complete the G359 Verify the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (OPT-Line Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side B OPT-BST-L amplifier.

Step 15 Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the Side B OPT-BST-L card.

Step 16 Remove the loopback on the Side A OPT-BST-L created in Step 6.

Step 17 Create a loopback on the Side B OPT-BST-L card by connecting a patchcord from the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port with a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 18 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 19.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 20.

Step 19 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the wavelength you will test.

Step 20 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the LINE RX port of the Side A OPT-BST-L card using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 21 Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OPT-BST-L and OSCM cards have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side B.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback. An LOS-O alarm appears on the Side A OPT-BST-L card, and an LOS alarm appears on the Side A OCSM card.


If the alarms clear, continue with Step 22. If not, perform the following steps:

a. Display the Side B OPT-BST-L card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

c. In the Types area, click Alarms , then click Refresh .

d. Locate the Port 2 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm .

e. Locate the Port 4 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm .

f. Click Apply , and then Yes .

g. Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OPT-BST-L card has cleared. If so, continue with Step 22. If not, disconnect the OSCM card from the OPT-BST-L card.

h. Create a loopback on the OSCM card by connecting a patch cable from the OSC TX port to the OSC RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

i. Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OSCM card has cleared. If so, replace the OPT-BST-L card. If not, replace the OSCM card. See theG30 Install the DWDM Cards.

Step 22 If an OPT-AMP-L (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) card is installed on Side A, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 23.

Step 23 Complete the G359 Verify the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (OPT-Line Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side B OPT-BST-L amplifier.

Step 24 If an OPT-AMP-L (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) card is installed on Side B, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. It not, continue with continue with Step 25.

Step 25 Complete the G359 Verify the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (OPT-Line Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side A OPT-BST-L amplifier.

Step 26 Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the Side A OPT-BST-L card.

Step 27 Remove the loopback on the Side B OPT-BST-L amplifier created in Step 17.

Step 28 Delete both OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 29 Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 30 Create the two OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Stop . You have completed this procedure .


 

NTP-G46 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests a C-band line amplifier node with OSC-CSM cards installed on both Side B and Side A of the shelf by looping a single wavelength through the shelf.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C card

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2 If you are using TXP_MR_10E_C cards, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing. If not, continue with Step 3.

Step 3 From the View menu, choose Go to Home View .

Step 4 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.


Note The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate an LOS alarm on the OSC-CSM card.


Step 5 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following:

a. Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b. Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c. Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6 Create a physical loopback on the Side A OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port with a fiber and 10-dB bulk attenuator.


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 7 Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side A OSC-CSM card has cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarm indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback, and an LOS alarm will appear for the Side B OSC-CSM card, Port 1 (OSC).


If the alarm clears, continue with Step 8. If not, perform the following steps:

a. Remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator on the OSC-CSM LINE TX and LINE RX ports and reconnect using only the patchcord.

b. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side A OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 8. If not, continue with Step c.

c. Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

d. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

e. In the Types area, click Alarm , then click Refresh.

f. Locate the Port 3 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm .

g. Locate the Port 6 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm .

h. Click Apply , and then Yes .

i. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side A OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 8. If not, replace the OSC-CSM card.

Step 8 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 9.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 10.

Step 9 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 10 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side B OSC-CSM LINE RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 11 If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side B, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 12.

Step 12 Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 13 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Locate the Port 3 Power value. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 14 If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A of the shelf, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 15.

Step 15 Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 16 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Locate the Port 2 Power value. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 17 Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side B OSC-CSM card.

Step 18 Remove the physical loopback created on the Side A OSC-CSM card in Step 6.

Step 19 Create a loopback on the Side B OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port with LINE RX port using a patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 20 Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side B OSC-CSM card has cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarm indicates that the OSC link is active on Side B.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback, and an LOS alarm will appear for the Side A OSC-CSM card, Port 1 (OSC).


If the alarm clears, continue with Step 21. If not, perform the following steps:

a. Remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator on the OSC-CSM LINE TX and LINE RX ports and reconnect using only the patchcord.

b. Wait 90 to 100 seconds then, in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side B OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 21. If not, continue with Step c.

c. Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

d. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

e. In the Types area, click Alarm , then click Refresh.

f. Locate the Port 3 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm .

g. Locate the Port 6 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm .

h. Click Apply , and then Yes .

i. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side B OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 21. If not, replace the OSC-CSM card.

Step 21 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 22.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 23.

Step 22 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 23 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side A OSC-CSM LINE RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 24 If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 25.

Step 25 Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 26 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Locate the Port 3 Power value. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 27 If an OPT-PRE is installed on Side B of the shelf, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side B OPT-PRE amplifier. If not, continue with Step 28.

Step 28 Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 29 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and locate the Power value for Port 2. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 30 Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the Side A OSC-CSM card.

Step 31 Remove the loopback created on the Side B OSC-CSM card in Step 19.

Step 32 Delete both OSC channels. See the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 33 Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 34 Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Stop . You have completed this procedure .


 

NTP-G156 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests a L-band line amplifier node with OSC-CSM cards installed on both Side B and Side A of the shelf by looping a single wavelength through the shelf.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_L card

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2 If you are using TXP_MR_10E_L cards, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing. If not, continue with Step 3.

Step 3 From the View menu, choose Go to Home View .

Step 4 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.


Note The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate an LOS alarm on the OSC-CSM card.


Step 5 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following:

a. Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b. Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c. Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6 Create a physical loopback on the Side A OSC-CSM by connecting the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port with a fiber and 10-dB bulk attenuator.


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 7 Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side A OSC-CSM card has cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarm indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback, and an LOS alarm will appear for the Side B OSC-CSM card, Port 1 (OSC).


If the alarm clears, continue with Step 8. If not, perform the following steps:

a. Remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator on the OSC-CSM LINE TX and LINE RX ports and reconnect using only the patchcord.

b. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side A OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 8. If not, continue with Step c.

c. Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

d. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

e. In the Types area, click Alarm , then click Refresh.

f. Locate the Port 3 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm .

g. Locate the Port 6 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm .

h. Click Apply , and then Yes .

i. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side A OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 8. If not, replace the OSC-CSM card.

Step 8 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 9.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 10.

Step 9 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the wavelength you will test.

Step 10 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the Side B OSC-CSM LINE RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 11 If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on Side B, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 12.

Step 12 Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 13 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Locate the Port 3 Power value. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 14 If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on Side A of the shelf, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 15.

Step 15 Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 16 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Locate the Port 2 Power value. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 17 Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the Side B OSC-CSM card.

Step 18 Remove the physical loopback created on the Side A OSC-CSM card in Step 6.

Step 19 Create a loopback on the Side B OSC-CSM by connecting the LINE TX port with LINE RX port using a patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 20 Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side B OSC-CSM card has cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarm indicates that the OSC link is active on Side B.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback, and an LOS alarm will appear for the Side A OSC-CSM card, Port 1 (OSC).


If the alarm clears, continue with Step 21. If not, perform the following steps:

a. Remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator on the OSC-CSM LINE TX and LINE RX ports and reconnect using only the patchcord.

b. Wait 90 to 100 seconds then, in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side B OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 21. If not, continue with Step c.

c. Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

d. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

e. In the Types area, click Alarm , then click Refresh.

f. Locate the Port 3 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm .

g. Locate the Port 6 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm .

h. Click Apply , and then Yes .

i. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side B OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 21. If not, replace the OSC-CSM card.

Step 21 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 22.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 23.

Step 22 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the wavelength you will test.

Step 23 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the Side A OSC-CSM LINE RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 24 If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on Side A, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 25.

Step 25 Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 26 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Locate the Port 3 Power value. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 27 If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on Side B, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 28.

Step 28 Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 29 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and locate the Power value for Port 2. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 30 Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the Side A OSC-CSM card.

Step 31 Remove the loopback created on the Side B OSC-CSM card in Step 19.

Step 32 Delete both OSC channels. See the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 33 Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 34 Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Stop . You have completed this procedure .


 

NTP-G47 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests a C-band line amplifier node provisioned with an OSC-CSM card installed on one side of the shelf and an OSCM card installed on the other. This test verifies that a line amplifier node provisioned is operating properly before you connect it to the network. The test verifies the operation of the amplifiers and checks the power levels at each transmit and receive port to ensure that power loss in the cabling is within tolerance.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser or
  • TXP_MR_10E_C card

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Note Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Note Because the node is isolated and no line-side fibers are connected during the test, the power levels going into the line-side cards will not be the same as the levels when the node is connected to the network. Therefore, if the line amplifier shelf does not contain OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifiers and OPT-PRE amplifiers on both Side B and Side A, you must lower the OPT-PRE power thresholds so that it turns on properly. At the end of the test, you will run ANS to configure the node with the correct parameters for the network acceptance test.



Step 1 Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2 If you are using TXP_MR_10E_C cards, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing. If not, continue with Step 3.

Step 3 Display the terminal node in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode).

Step 4 Click the Alarms tab.

a. Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b. Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.


Note The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate two alarms for each side of the shelf, one for an LOS on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, and the other for an LOS on the OSC-CSM or OSCM card.


Step 5 In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following:

a. Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b. Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c. Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6 Create a loopback on the OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port using a patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 7 Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the OSC-CSM card has cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarm indicates that the OSC link is active for this side of the shelf.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


If the alarm clears, continue with Step 8. If not, perform the following steps:

a. Remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator on the OSC-CSM LINE TX and LINE RX ports and reconnect using only the patchcord.

b. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 8. If not, continue with Step c.

c. Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

d. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

e. In the Types area, click Alarm , then click Refresh.

f. Locate the Port 3 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm .

g. Locate the Port 6 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm .

h. Click Apply , and then Yes .

i. In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 8. If not, replace the OSC-CSM card.

Step 8 If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 9.

a. Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b. Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 10.

Step 9 If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 10 Measure the TXP output power by connecting the TXP DWDM TX port to a test meter. Record the results for future reference.

Step 11 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E LINE RX port using a fiber patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.


Caution Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 12 If an OPT-PRE card is installed on the side opposite the OSC-CSM, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 13.

Step 13 Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 14 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and locate the Port 2 (COM-RX) Power value. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 15 If an OPT-PRE card is installed on the same Side As the OSC-CSM, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 16.

Step 16 Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

Step 17 Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

Step 18 Remove the loopback fiber on the OSC-CSM card.

Step 19 Delete both OSC channels. See the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 20 Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 21 Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 22 Create a loopback on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card by connecting the LINE TX port with LINE RX port using a patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 23 Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card and the OSCM card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active for this side of the shelf.


Note For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


If the alarms clear, continue with Step 24. If not, perform the following steps:

a. Display the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card in card view.

b. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

c. In the Types area, click Alarms , then click Refresh .

d. Locate the Port 2 (COM-TX) Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm .

e. Locate the Port 4 (OSC-TX) Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm .

f. Click Apply , and then Yes .

g. Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card has cleared. If so, continue with Step 24. If not, disconnect the OSCM card from the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

h. Create a loopback on the OSCM card by connecting a patch cable from the OSC TX port to the OSC RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

i. Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the OSCM card has cleared. If not, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 24 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the OSC-CSM LINE RX port using a fiber patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 25 If an OPT-PRE is installed on the same side of the shelf as the OSC-CSM, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 26.

Step 26 Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

Step 27 Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 28 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Verify that the power value on Port 3 (COM-TX) is equal to the optical power from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card (measured in Step 10) –10 dB, +/– 2 dB. If not, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 29 If an OPT-PRE card is installed on the side opposite the OSC-CSM, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue